<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Wmaltezo</id>
	<title>Apache OpenOffice Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Wmaltezo"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/wiki/Special:Contributions/Wmaltezo"/>
	<updated>2026-05-09T12:15:12Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.35.14</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/The_Writer_interface&amp;diff=185431</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Writer Guide/The Writer interface</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/The_Writer_interface&amp;diff=185431"/>
		<updated>2010-09-29T16:17:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:A &amp;#039;&amp;#039;interface&amp;#039;&amp;#039; do Writer}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[ru:PT/documentation/ooo3_user_guides/writer_guide/the_writer_interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{PT/Documentation/WG3IntroTOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevNext=block&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Starting Writer&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Using the Navigator&lt;br /&gt;
}}__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
A principal área de trabalho do Writer está mostrada abaixo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Writer3-main.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;The main Writer workspace in Print Layout view&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menus ==&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Barra de Menu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; está localizada sobre toda extensão do topo da janela do Writer, exatamente abaixo da Barra de Título. Quando você escolhe um dos menus, um submenu descerá para mostrar os comandos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Arquivo&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos que aplicam-se ao documento inteiro como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Abrir&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;,  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Salvar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Exportar como PDF...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Editar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para editar o documento tais como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Desfazer: xxx&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (onde xxx é o comando a ser desfeito) e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Localizar e Substituir...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Contém também comandos para &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;cortar, copiar e colar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; partes selecionadas de um documento.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Exibir&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para controlar a exibição de um documento tais como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Zoom...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Layout da Web&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Inserir&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para inserção de elementos dentro de seu documento como cabeçalhos, rodapés e figuras.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Formatar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para formatação do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Layout&amp;#039;&amp;#039; de seu documento, tais como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Estilos e Formatação&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Parágrafo&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Marcadores e Numeração...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tabela&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; mostra todos os comandos para inserção e edição de uma tabela em um documento de texto.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ferramentas&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém funções como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ortografia e Gramática&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Personalizar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Opções&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Janela&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos referente à visualização da Janela.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ajuda&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém &amp;#039;&amp;#039;links&amp;#039;&amp;#039; para o arquivo de ajuda do OpenOffice.org, O que é isto?, e informação sobre o programa. Veja [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Writer_documents#Getting Help|Getting help]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Barra de Ferramentas ==&lt;br /&gt;
Writer tem vários tipos de barra de ferramentas: Ancoradas, flutuantes, e menus deslizantes. Barra de ferramentas ancoradas podem ser movidas para diferentes posições ou deixadas flutuantes e barras de ferramentas flutuantes podem ser ancoradas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A barra de ferramentas mais acima (na disposição original) é chamada de Barra de ferramentas &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Padrão&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Esta  é igual nas Aplicações do OpenOffice.org (Writer, Calc, Draw, Impress, Base)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A segunda Barra de Ferramentas na parte de cima do aplicativo (posição original) é a barra de ferramenta de &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Formatação&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Ela é sensível ao contexto é mostra as ferramentas relevantes em resposta a posição atual do cursor ou ao que está selecionado. Por exemplo, quando o cursor está sobre um gráfico, a barra de Ferramentas Formatação provê ferramentas para formatação de gráficos; quando o cursor está sob texto, as ferramentas disponíveis são para formatação de textos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Mostrando ou ocultando barra de ferramentas ===&lt;br /&gt;
Para mostrar ou ocultar barras de ferramentas, escolha &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Exibir &amp;gt; Barra de ferramentas&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, então clique no nome da barra de ferramentas na lista. Uma barra de ferramentas ativa mostra um marcador de checagem ao lado do seu nome. Barra de ferramentas deslizantes não são mostrados no menu Exibir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Submenus e menus deslizantes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Os ícones da barra de ferramentas com um pequeno triângulo do lado direito mostrará &amp;#039;&amp;#039;submenus deslizantes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, e outros modos de selecionar objetos, dependendo do ícone. A imagem abaixo mostra um menu deslizante derivado da barra de desenho.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Tearoff-toolbars.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Example of a tear-off toolbar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Os menus deslizantes podem estar flutuando or ancorados lado da tela ou em em uma barra de ferramentas já existente. Para mover um menu deslizante que estaja flutuando, arraste-o pela barra de títulos. Veja [[#Moving toolbars|Moving toolbars]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Movendo barra de ferramentas ===&lt;br /&gt;
Para mover uma barra de ferramentas ancorada, coloque o ponteiro do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;mouse&amp;#039;&amp;#039; sobre sua alça &amp;#039;&amp;#039;(handle of toolbar)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, pressione o botão esquerdo do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;mouse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, arraste o barra de ferramentas para a nova localização e então libere o botão do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;mouse&amp;#039;&amp;#039; que estava pressionado.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Undock-toolbar3.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moving a docked toolbar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para mover um menu flutuante, clique sobre sua barra de títulos e arraste-o para a nova localização.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Floating-toolbar3.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moving a floating toolbar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Floating toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
Writer includes several additional context-sensitive toolbars, whose defaults appear as floating toolbars in response to the cursor’s current position or selection. For example, when the cursor is in a table, a floating &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Table&amp;#039;&amp;#039; toolbar appears, and when the cursor is in a numbered or bullet list, the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bullets and Numbering&amp;#039;&amp;#039; toolbar appears. You can dock these toolbars to the top, bottom, or side of the window, if you wish (see [[#Moving toolbars|Moving toolbars]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Docking/floating windows and toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
Toolbars and some windows, such as the Navigator and the Styles and Formatting window, are dockable. You can move, resize, or dock them to an edge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To dock a window, do one of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the title bar of the floating window and drag it to the side until you see the outline of a box appear in the main window and then release the window. This method depends on your system’s window manager settings, so it may not work for you.&lt;br /&gt;
* Hold down the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key and double-click on a vacant part of the floating window to dock it in its last position. If that does not work, try double-clicking without using the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: [[Image:Docking.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Docking a window&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To undock a window, hold down the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key and double-click on a vacant part of the docked window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/Note|The Styles and Formatting window can also be docked or undocked by using &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control+double-click&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the gray area next to the icons at the top of the window.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Customizing toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can customize toolbars in several ways, including choosing which icons are visible and locking the position of a docked toolbar. You can also add icons and create new toolbars, as described in [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Customizing_Writer|Chapter 17]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access a toolbar’s customization options, use the down-arrow at the end of the toolbar or on its title bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Custom-toolbars.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customizing toolbars&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To show or hide icons defined for the selected toolbar, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Visible Buttons&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the drop-down menu. Visible icons have a checkmark next to them. Click on icons to select or deselect them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Right-click (context) menus ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can quickly access many menu functions by right-clicking on a paragraph, graphic, or other object. A context menu will pop up. Often the context menu is the fastest and easiest way to reach a function. If you’re not sure where in the menus or toolbars a function is located, you can often find it by right-clicking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rulers ==&lt;br /&gt;
To show or hide rulers, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View &amp;gt; Ruler&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. To enable the vertical ruler, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tools &amp;gt; Options &amp;gt; OpenOffice.org Writer &amp;gt; View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Vertical ruler&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CH1_VerticalRuler.png|thumb|none|600px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turning on the vertical ruler&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Status bar ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Writer status bar provides information about the document and convenient ways to quickly change some document features. From left to right, the fields are as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:WriterStatusBar1.png|thumb|none|500px|Left end of status bar in Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:WriterStatusBar2.png|thumb|none|500px|Right end of status bar in Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Page number&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the current page number, the sequence number of the current page (if different), and the total number of pages in the document. For example, if you restarted page numbering at 1 on the third page, its page number is 1 and its sequence number is 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If any bookmarks have been defined in the document, a right-click on this field pops up a list of bookmarks; click on the required one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To jump to a specific page in the document, double-click in this field. The [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Using_the_Navigator|Navigator]] opens. Click in the Page Number field and type the required page number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Page style&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the style of the current page. To change the page style, right-click on this field. A list of page styles pops up; choose a different style by clicking on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit the page style, double-click on this field. The Page Style dialog box opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Language&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the language for the selected text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click to open a menu where you can choose another language for the selected text or for the paragraph where the cursor is located. You can also choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;None&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to exclude the text from spellchecking or choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;More...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to open the Character dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Insert mode&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click to toggle between &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Insert&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Overwrite&amp;#039;&amp;#039; modes when typing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Selection mode&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click to toggle between STD (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Standard&amp;#039;&amp;#039;), EXT (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Extend&amp;#039;&amp;#039;), ADD (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) and BLK (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Block&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) selection. EXT is an alternative to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Shift+click&amp;#039;&amp;#039; when selecting text. See [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Working_with_Text|Chapter 3 (Working with Text)]] for more information about ADD and BLK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Unsaved changes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An asterisk (*) appears here if changes to the document have not been saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Digital signature&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the document has been digitally signed, an icon [[Image:SecurePDFicon.png]] shows in this part of the Status bar. You can double-click the icon to view the certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Section or object information&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the cursor is on a section or object (such as a picture), information about that item appears in this field. Double-clicking in this area opens a relevant dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Object&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Information shown&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Dialog box opened&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Picture&lt;br /&gt;
| Size and position&lt;br /&gt;
| Format Picture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| List&amp;amp;nbsp;item&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
| Level and list style&lt;br /&gt;
| Bullets and Numbering (Note 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Heading&lt;br /&gt;
| Outline numbering level&lt;br /&gt;
| Bullets and Numbering (Note 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Table&lt;br /&gt;
| Name or number and cell reference of cursor&lt;br /&gt;
| Table Format&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section&lt;br /&gt;
| Name of section&lt;br /&gt;
| Edit Sections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Other&lt;br /&gt;
| (Blank)&lt;br /&gt;
| Fields (Cross References page)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Note 1: If a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;list style&amp;#039;&amp;#039; was used with a list item or heading, no dialog box appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View layout&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click an icon to change between single page, side-by-side, and book layout views. You can edit the document in any view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ViewLayouts.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View layouts: single, side-by-side, book&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Zoom&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the view magnification, drag the Zoom slider, or click on the + and – signs, or right-click on the zoom level percent to pop up a list of magnification values from which to choose. Zoom interacts with the selected view layout to determine how many pages are visible in the document window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ZoomSlider.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Changing document views =&lt;br /&gt;
Writer has several ways to view a document: Print Layout, Web Layout, and Full Screen. To access these and other choices, go to the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; menu and click on the required view. (When in Full Screen view, press the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Esc&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key to return to either Print or Web Layout view.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Print Layout, you can use both the Zoom slider and the View Layout icons on the Status bar. In Web Layout, you can use the Zoom slider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View &amp;gt; Zoom&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the menu bar to display the Zoom &amp;amp; View Layout dialog box, where you can set the same options as on the Status bar. In Web Layout view, most of the choices are not available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Zoom3.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Choosing Zoom and View Layout options&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CCBY}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Writer Guide (Documentation)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/The_Writer_interface&amp;diff=183692</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Writer Guide/The Writer interface</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/The_Writer_interface&amp;diff=183692"/>
		<updated>2010-09-16T18:53:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:A &amp;#039;&amp;#039;interface&amp;#039;&amp;#039; do Writer}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[ru:PT/documentation/ooo3_user_guides/writer_guide/the_writer_interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{PT/Documentation/WG3IntroTOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevNext=block&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Starting Writer&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Using the Navigator&lt;br /&gt;
}}__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
A principal área de trabalho do Writer está mostrada abaixo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Writer3-main.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;The main Writer workspace in Print Layout view&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menus ==&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Barra de Menu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; está localizada sobre toda extensão do topo da janela do Writer, exatamente abaixo da Barra de Título. Quando você escolhe um dos menus, um submenu descerá para mostrar os comandos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Arquivo&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos que aplicam-se ao documento inteiro como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Abrir&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;,  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Salvar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Exportar como PDF...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Editar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para editar o documento tais como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Desfazer: xxx&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (onde xxx é o comando a ser desfeito) e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Localizar e Substituir...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Contém também comandos para &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;cortar, copiar e colar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; partes selecionadas de um documento.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Exibir&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para controlar a exibição de um documento tais como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Zoom...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Layout da Web&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Inserir&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para inserção de elementos dentro de seu documento como cabeçalhos, rodapés e figuras.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Formatar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para formatação do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Layout&amp;#039;&amp;#039; de seu documento, tais como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Estilos e Formatação&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Parágrafo&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Marcadores e Numeração...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tabela&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; mostra todos os comandos para inserção e edição de uma tabela em um documento de texto.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ferramentas&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém funções como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ortografia e Gramática&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Personalizar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Opções&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Janela&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos referente à visualização da Janela.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ajuda&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém &amp;#039;&amp;#039;links&amp;#039;&amp;#039; para o arquivo de ajuda do OpenOffice.org, O que é isto?, e informação sobre o programa. Veja [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Writer_documents#Getting Help|Getting help]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Barra de Ferramentas ==&lt;br /&gt;
Writer tem vários tipos de barra de ferramentas: Ancoradas, flutuantes, e menus deslizantes. Barra de ferramentas ancoradas podem ser movidas para diferentes posições ou deixadas flutuantes e barras de ferramentas flutuantes podem ser ancoradas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A barra de ferramentas mais acima (na disposição original) é chamada de Barra de ferramentas &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Padrão&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Esta  é igual nas Aplicações do OpenOffice.org (Writer, Calc, Draw, Impress, Base)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A segunda Barra de Ferramentas na parte de cima do aplicativo (posição original) é a barra de ferramenta de &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Formatação&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Ela é sensível ao contexto é mostra as ferramentas relevantes em resposta a posição atual do cursor ou ao que está selecionado. Por exemplo, quando o cursor está sobre um gráfico, a barra de Ferramentas Formatação provê ferramentas para formatação de gráficos; quando o cursor está sob texto, as ferramentas disponíveis são para formatação de textos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Mostrando ou ocultando barra de ferramentas ===&lt;br /&gt;
Para mostrar ou ocultar barras de ferramentas, escolha &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Exibir &amp;gt; Barra de ferramentas&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, então clique no nome da barra de ferramentas na lista. Uma barra de ferramentas ativa mostra um marcador de checagem ao lado do seu nome. Barra de ferramentas deslizantes não são mostrados no menu Exibir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display or hide toolbars, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View &amp;gt; Toolbars&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, then click on the name of a toolbar in the list. An active toolbar shows a check mark beside its name. Tear-off toolbars are not listed in the View menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Submenus and tear-off toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
Toolbar icons with a small triangle to the right will display &amp;#039;&amp;#039;submenus, tear-off toolbars&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, and other ways of selecting things, depending on the icon. The image below shows a tear-off toolbar from the Drawing toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Tearoff-toolbars.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Example of a tear-off toolbar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tear-off toolbars can be floating or docked along an edge of the screen or in one of the existing toolbar areas. To move a floating tear-off toolbar, drag it by the title bar. See [[#Moving toolbars|Moving toolbars]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Moving toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
To move a docked toolbar, place the mouse pointer over the toolbar handle, hold down the left mouse button, drag the toolbar to the new location, and then release the mouse button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Undock-toolbar3.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moving a docked toolbar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To move a floating toolbar, click on its title bar and drag it to a new location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Floating-toolbar3.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moving a floating toolbar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Floating toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
Writer includes several additional context-sensitive toolbars, whose defaults appear as floating toolbars in response to the cursor’s current position or selection. For example, when the cursor is in a table, a floating &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Table&amp;#039;&amp;#039; toolbar appears, and when the cursor is in a numbered or bullet list, the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bullets and Numbering&amp;#039;&amp;#039; toolbar appears. You can dock these toolbars to the top, bottom, or side of the window, if you wish (see [[#Moving toolbars|Moving toolbars]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Docking/floating windows and toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
Toolbars and some windows, such as the Navigator and the Styles and Formatting window, are dockable. You can move, resize, or dock them to an edge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To dock a window, do one of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the title bar of the floating window and drag it to the side until you see the outline of a box appear in the main window and then release the window. This method depends on your system’s window manager settings, so it may not work for you.&lt;br /&gt;
* Hold down the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key and double-click on a vacant part of the floating window to dock it in its last position. If that does not work, try double-clicking without using the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: [[Image:Docking.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Docking a window&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To undock a window, hold down the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key and double-click on a vacant part of the docked window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/Note|The Styles and Formatting window can also be docked or undocked by using &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control+double-click&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the gray area next to the icons at the top of the window.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Customizing toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can customize toolbars in several ways, including choosing which icons are visible and locking the position of a docked toolbar. You can also add icons and create new toolbars, as described in [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Customizing_Writer|Chapter 17]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access a toolbar’s customization options, use the down-arrow at the end of the toolbar or on its title bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Custom-toolbars.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customizing toolbars&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To show or hide icons defined for the selected toolbar, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Visible Buttons&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the drop-down menu. Visible icons have a checkmark next to them. Click on icons to select or deselect them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Right-click (context) menus ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can quickly access many menu functions by right-clicking on a paragraph, graphic, or other object. A context menu will pop up. Often the context menu is the fastest and easiest way to reach a function. If you’re not sure where in the menus or toolbars a function is located, you can often find it by right-clicking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rulers ==&lt;br /&gt;
To show or hide rulers, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View &amp;gt; Ruler&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. To enable the vertical ruler, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tools &amp;gt; Options &amp;gt; OpenOffice.org Writer &amp;gt; View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Vertical ruler&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CH1_VerticalRuler.png|thumb|none|600px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turning on the vertical ruler&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Status bar ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Writer status bar provides information about the document and convenient ways to quickly change some document features. From left to right, the fields are as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:WriterStatusBar1.png|thumb|none|500px|Left end of status bar in Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:WriterStatusBar2.png|thumb|none|500px|Right end of status bar in Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Page number&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the current page number, the sequence number of the current page (if different), and the total number of pages in the document. For example, if you restarted page numbering at 1 on the third page, its page number is 1 and its sequence number is 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If any bookmarks have been defined in the document, a right-click on this field pops up a list of bookmarks; click on the required one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To jump to a specific page in the document, double-click in this field. The [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Using_the_Navigator|Navigator]] opens. Click in the Page Number field and type the required page number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Page style&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the style of the current page. To change the page style, right-click on this field. A list of page styles pops up; choose a different style by clicking on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit the page style, double-click on this field. The Page Style dialog box opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Language&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the language for the selected text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click to open a menu where you can choose another language for the selected text or for the paragraph where the cursor is located. You can also choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;None&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to exclude the text from spellchecking or choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;More...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to open the Character dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Insert mode&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click to toggle between &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Insert&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Overwrite&amp;#039;&amp;#039; modes when typing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Selection mode&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click to toggle between STD (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Standard&amp;#039;&amp;#039;), EXT (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Extend&amp;#039;&amp;#039;), ADD (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) and BLK (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Block&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) selection. EXT is an alternative to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Shift+click&amp;#039;&amp;#039; when selecting text. See [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Working_with_Text|Chapter 3 (Working with Text)]] for more information about ADD and BLK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Unsaved changes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An asterisk (*) appears here if changes to the document have not been saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Digital signature&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the document has been digitally signed, an icon [[Image:SecurePDFicon.png]] shows in this part of the Status bar. You can double-click the icon to view the certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Section or object information&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the cursor is on a section or object (such as a picture), information about that item appears in this field. Double-clicking in this area opens a relevant dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Object&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Information shown&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Dialog box opened&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Picture&lt;br /&gt;
| Size and position&lt;br /&gt;
| Format Picture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| List&amp;amp;nbsp;item&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
| Level and list style&lt;br /&gt;
| Bullets and Numbering (Note 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Heading&lt;br /&gt;
| Outline numbering level&lt;br /&gt;
| Bullets and Numbering (Note 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Table&lt;br /&gt;
| Name or number and cell reference of cursor&lt;br /&gt;
| Table Format&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section&lt;br /&gt;
| Name of section&lt;br /&gt;
| Edit Sections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Other&lt;br /&gt;
| (Blank)&lt;br /&gt;
| Fields (Cross References page)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Note 1: If a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;list style&amp;#039;&amp;#039; was used with a list item or heading, no dialog box appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View layout&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click an icon to change between single page, side-by-side, and book layout views. You can edit the document in any view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ViewLayouts.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View layouts: single, side-by-side, book&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Zoom&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the view magnification, drag the Zoom slider, or click on the + and – signs, or right-click on the zoom level percent to pop up a list of magnification values from which to choose. Zoom interacts with the selected view layout to determine how many pages are visible in the document window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ZoomSlider.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Changing document views =&lt;br /&gt;
Writer has several ways to view a document: Print Layout, Web Layout, and Full Screen. To access these and other choices, go to the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; menu and click on the required view. (When in Full Screen view, press the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Esc&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key to return to either Print or Web Layout view.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Print Layout, you can use both the Zoom slider and the View Layout icons on the Status bar. In Web Layout, you can use the Zoom slider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View &amp;gt; Zoom&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the menu bar to display the Zoom &amp;amp; View Layout dialog box, where you can set the same options as on the Status bar. In Web Layout view, most of the choices are not available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Zoom3.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Choosing Zoom and View Layout options&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CCBY}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Writer Guide (Documentation)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/The_Writer_interface&amp;diff=177053</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Writer Guide/The Writer interface</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/The_Writer_interface&amp;diff=177053"/>
		<updated>2010-08-02T18:18:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: /* Toolbars */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:A &amp;#039;&amp;#039;interface&amp;#039;&amp;#039; do Writer}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[ru:PT/documentation/ooo3_user_guides/writer_guide/the_writer_interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{PT/Documentation/WG3IntroTOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevNext=block&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Starting Writer&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Using the Navigator&lt;br /&gt;
}}__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
A principal área de trabalho do Writer está mostrada abaixo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Writer3-main.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;The main Writer workspace in Print Layout view&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menus ==&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Barra de Menu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; está localizada sobre toda extensão do topo da janela do Writer, exatamente abaixo da Barra de Título. Quando você escolhe um dos menus, um submenu descerá para mostrar os comandos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Arquivo&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos que aplicam-se ao documento inteiro como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Abrir&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;,  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Salvar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Exportar como PDF...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Editar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para editar o documento tais como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Desfazer: xxx&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (onde xxx é o comando a ser desfeito) e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Localizar e Substituir...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Contém também comandos para &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;cortar, copiar e colar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; partes selecionadas de um documento.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Exibir&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para controlar a exibição de um documento tais como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Zoom...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Layout da Web&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Inserir&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para inserção de elementos dentro de seu documento como cabeçalhos, rodapés e figuras.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Formatar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para formatação do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Layout&amp;#039;&amp;#039; de seu documento, tais como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Estilos e Formatação&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Parágrafo&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Marcadores e Numeração...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tabela&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; mostra todos os comandos para inserção e edição de uma tabela em um documento de texto.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ferramentas&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém funções como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ortografia e Gramática&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Personalizar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Opções&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Janela&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos referente à visualização da Janela.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ajuda&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém &amp;#039;&amp;#039;links&amp;#039;&amp;#039; para o arquivo de ajuda do OpenOffice.org, O que é isto?, e informação sobre o programa. Veja [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Writer_documents#Getting Help|Getting help]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Barra de Ferramentas ==&lt;br /&gt;
Writer tem vários tipos de barra de ferramentas: Ancoradas, flutuantes, e menus deslizantes. Barra de ferramentas ancoradas podem ser movidas para diferentes posições ou deixadas flutuantes e barras de ferramentas flutuantes podem ser ancoradas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A barra de ferramentas mais acima (na disposição original) é chamada de Barra de ferramentas &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Padrão&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Esta  é igual nas Aplicações do OpenOffice.org (Writer, Calc, Draw, Impress, Base)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A segunda Barra de Ferramentas na parte de cima do aplicativo (posição original) é a barra de ferramenta de &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Formatação&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Ela é sensível ao contexto é mostra as ferramentas relevantes em resposta a posição atual do cursor ou ao que está selecionado. Por exemplo, quando o cursor está sobre um gráfico, a barra de Ferramentas Formatação provê ferramentas para formatação de gráficos; quando o cursor está sob texto, as ferramentas disponíveis são para formatação de textos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Displaying or hiding toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
To display or hide toolbars, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View &amp;gt; Toolbars&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, then click on the name of a toolbar in the list. An active toolbar shows a check mark beside its name. Tear-off toolbars are not listed in the View menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Submenus and tear-off toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
Toolbar icons with a small triangle to the right will display &amp;#039;&amp;#039;submenus, tear-off toolbars&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, and other ways of selecting things, depending on the icon. The image below shows a tear-off toolbar from the Drawing toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Tearoff-toolbars.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Example of a tear-off toolbar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tear-off toolbars can be floating or docked along an edge of the screen or in one of the existing toolbar areas. To move a floating tear-off toolbar, drag it by the title bar. See [[#Moving toolbars|Moving toolbars]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Moving toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
To move a docked toolbar, place the mouse pointer over the toolbar handle, hold down the left mouse button, drag the toolbar to the new location, and then release the mouse button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Undock-toolbar3.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moving a docked toolbar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To move a floating toolbar, click on its title bar and drag it to a new location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Floating-toolbar3.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moving a floating toolbar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Floating toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
Writer includes several additional context-sensitive toolbars, whose defaults appear as floating toolbars in response to the cursor’s current position or selection. For example, when the cursor is in a table, a floating &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Table&amp;#039;&amp;#039; toolbar appears, and when the cursor is in a numbered or bullet list, the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bullets and Numbering&amp;#039;&amp;#039; toolbar appears. You can dock these toolbars to the top, bottom, or side of the window, if you wish (see [[#Moving toolbars|Moving toolbars]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Docking/floating windows and toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
Toolbars and some windows, such as the Navigator and the Styles and Formatting window, are dockable. You can move, resize, or dock them to an edge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To dock a window, do one of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the title bar of the floating window and drag it to the side until you see the outline of a box appear in the main window and then release the window. This method depends on your system’s window manager settings, so it may not work for you.&lt;br /&gt;
* Hold down the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key and double-click on a vacant part of the floating window to dock it in its last position. If that does not work, try double-clicking without using the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: [[Image:Docking.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Docking a window&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To undock a window, hold down the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key and double-click on a vacant part of the docked window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/Note|The Styles and Formatting window can also be docked or undocked by using &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control+double-click&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the gray area next to the icons at the top of the window.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Customizing toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can customize toolbars in several ways, including choosing which icons are visible and locking the position of a docked toolbar. You can also add icons and create new toolbars, as described in [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Customizing_Writer|Chapter 17]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access a toolbar’s customization options, use the down-arrow at the end of the toolbar or on its title bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Custom-toolbars.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customizing toolbars&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To show or hide icons defined for the selected toolbar, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Visible Buttons&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the drop-down menu. Visible icons have a checkmark next to them. Click on icons to select or deselect them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Right-click (context) menus ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can quickly access many menu functions by right-clicking on a paragraph, graphic, or other object. A context menu will pop up. Often the context menu is the fastest and easiest way to reach a function. If you’re not sure where in the menus or toolbars a function is located, you can often find it by right-clicking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rulers ==&lt;br /&gt;
To show or hide rulers, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View &amp;gt; Ruler&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. To enable the vertical ruler, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tools &amp;gt; Options &amp;gt; OpenOffice.org Writer &amp;gt; View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Vertical ruler&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CH1_VerticalRuler.png|thumb|none|600px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turning on the vertical ruler&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Status bar ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Writer status bar provides information about the document and convenient ways to quickly change some document features. From left to right, the fields are as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:WriterStatusBar1.png|thumb|none|500px|Left end of status bar in Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:WriterStatusBar2.png|thumb|none|500px|Right end of status bar in Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Page number&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the current page number, the sequence number of the current page (if different), and the total number of pages in the document. For example, if you restarted page numbering at 1 on the third page, its page number is 1 and its sequence number is 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If any bookmarks have been defined in the document, a right-click on this field pops up a list of bookmarks; click on the required one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To jump to a specific page in the document, double-click in this field. The [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Using_the_Navigator|Navigator]] opens. Click in the Page Number field and type the required page number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Page style&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the style of the current page. To change the page style, right-click on this field. A list of page styles pops up; choose a different style by clicking on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit the page style, double-click on this field. The Page Style dialog box opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Language&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the language for the selected text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click to open a menu where you can choose another language for the selected text or for the paragraph where the cursor is located. You can also choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;None&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to exclude the text from spellchecking or choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;More...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to open the Character dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Insert mode&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click to toggle between &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Insert&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Overwrite&amp;#039;&amp;#039; modes when typing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Selection mode&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click to toggle between STD (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Standard&amp;#039;&amp;#039;), EXT (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Extend&amp;#039;&amp;#039;), ADD (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) and BLK (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Block&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) selection. EXT is an alternative to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Shift+click&amp;#039;&amp;#039; when selecting text. See [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Working_with_Text|Chapter 3 (Working with Text)]] for more information about ADD and BLK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Unsaved changes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An asterisk (*) appears here if changes to the document have not been saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Digital signature&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the document has been digitally signed, an icon [[Image:SecurePDFicon.png]] shows in this part of the Status bar. You can double-click the icon to view the certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Section or object information&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the cursor is on a section or object (such as a picture), information about that item appears in this field. Double-clicking in this area opens a relevant dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Object&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Information shown&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Dialog box opened&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Picture&lt;br /&gt;
| Size and position&lt;br /&gt;
| Format Picture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| List&amp;amp;nbsp;item&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
| Level and list style&lt;br /&gt;
| Bullets and Numbering (Note 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Heading&lt;br /&gt;
| Outline numbering level&lt;br /&gt;
| Bullets and Numbering (Note 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Table&lt;br /&gt;
| Name or number and cell reference of cursor&lt;br /&gt;
| Table Format&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section&lt;br /&gt;
| Name of section&lt;br /&gt;
| Edit Sections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Other&lt;br /&gt;
| (Blank)&lt;br /&gt;
| Fields (Cross References page)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Note 1: If a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;list style&amp;#039;&amp;#039; was used with a list item or heading, no dialog box appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View layout&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click an icon to change between single page, side-by-side, and book layout views. You can edit the document in any view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ViewLayouts.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View layouts: single, side-by-side, book&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Zoom&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the view magnification, drag the Zoom slider, or click on the + and – signs, or right-click on the zoom level percent to pop up a list of magnification values from which to choose. Zoom interacts with the selected view layout to determine how many pages are visible in the document window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ZoomSlider.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Changing document views =&lt;br /&gt;
Writer has several ways to view a document: Print Layout, Web Layout, and Full Screen. To access these and other choices, go to the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; menu and click on the required view. (When in Full Screen view, press the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Esc&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key to return to either Print or Web Layout view.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Print Layout, you can use both the Zoom slider and the View Layout icons on the Status bar. In Web Layout, you can use the Zoom slider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View &amp;gt; Zoom&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the menu bar to display the Zoom &amp;amp; View Layout dialog box, where you can set the same options as on the Status bar. In Web Layout view, most of the choices are not available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Zoom3.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Choosing Zoom and View Layout options&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CCBY}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Writer Guide (Documentation)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Starting_Writer&amp;diff=177052</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Writer Guide/Starting Writer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Starting_Writer&amp;diff=177052"/>
		<updated>2010-08-02T18:10:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Iniciando o Writer}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[ru:RU/documentation/ooo3_user_guides/writer_guide/starting_writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{PT/Documentation/WG3IntroTOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevNext=block&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Introducing Writer&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/The Writer interface&lt;br /&gt;
}}__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
Se você está lendo este documento no OpenOffice.org, você já sabe como iniciar o Writer. Mas, se esta é uma versão impressa ou uma versão em PDF, você pode não saber como iniciar o Writer. Assim permita-nos mostrar as três formas de fazê-lo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Através do menu do sistema&lt;br /&gt;
* Através de um documento existente&lt;br /&gt;
* Através da linha de comando&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Iniciando  através do menu do sistema ==&lt;br /&gt;
A forma mais comum de iniciar o Writer é usando o menu do sistema, o menu padrão de onde a maioria das aplicações são iniciadas. No Windows, ele é chamado de menu &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Iniciar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. No GNOME, ele é chamado de &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Aplicações&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. No KDE, ele é identificado pela logo do KDE. No Mac OS X, ele está no menu &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Aplicações&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quando o OpenOffice.org foi instalado no seu computador, na maioria dos casos, um menu de entrada para cada componente foi adicionado no menu do seu sistema. (Se você está usando Mac, veja nota abaixo) O nome exato e localização destes menus de entradas dependem do sistema operacional e do ambiente gráfico.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nota para Usuários do Mac ===&lt;br /&gt;
Você deve ver o ícone do OpenOffice.org na pasta de Aplicações. Quando você duplo-clica este ícone, um documento de texto abre no Writer. Para abrir outros componentes (Draw, Calc, Base, Impress) vá no Menu Arquivo do Writer e selecione o componente que você quer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OOo não coloca automaticamente um atalho na Área de Trabalho, mas você pode adicionar um se desejar. Se você não sabe como adicionar um ícone de atalho para lançar programas, por favor consulte a ajuda do seu sistema operacional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Iniciando a partir de um documento existente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Todos os documentos do Writer são associados com o aplicativo Writer. Isto significa que você pode iniciar o OpenOffice.org automaticamente, simplesmente dando um clique duplo em um documento do Writer no gerenciador de arquivos do Windows Explorer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Você pode reconhecer um documento do OpenOffice.org Writer através deste ícone: [[Image:Writer-icon.png]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nota para usuários Windows ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Se você tem documentos do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Microsoft Office&amp;#039;&amp;#039; associados com OOo, então quando você duplo-clicar um arquivo *.doc (Word), ele abrirá dentro do OOo Writer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Se você não associou este tipo de arquivo, então quando você duplo-clicar em um aquivo do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Microsoft Word&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, ele abrirá no &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Microsoft Word&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (se o Word estiver instalado no seu computador).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Você pode usar outro método para abrir arquivos *.doc dentro do OOo e salvá-lo como *.doc a partir do OOo. Veja [[#Opening an existing document|Opening an existing document]] para maiores informações.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Usando o atalho de inicialização do Windows ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O atalho  de inicialização é um ícone que é colocado no bandeja do sistema Windows durante a inicialização do sistema. Ele indica que o OpenOffice,org foi carregado e está pronto para uso. (O atalho de inicialização carregada os arquivos da biblioteca *.DLL requeridos pelo OOo, abreviando assim o tempo de inicialização dos componentes do OOo aproximadamente pela metade.) Se a inicialização rápida está desabilitada, veja [[#Reactivating the Quickstarter|Reativando a inicialização rápida]] se você quiser abilitá-la.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Usando o botão de inicialização rápida ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clique com o botão direito no ícone de &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;inicialização rápida&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; na bandeja do sistema para abrir o menu pop-up do qual você pode abrir um novo documento, abrir a caixa de diálogo de Modelos e Documentos, ou escolher abrir um documento existente. Você também dar um duplo-clique no ícone de &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;inicialização rápida&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; para mostrar a caixa de diálogo de Modelos e Documentos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Quickstart3-menu.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quickstarter pop-up menu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Desabilitando a inicialização rápida ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para fechar a inicialização rápida, clique com o botão direito do mouse no ícone da bandeja do sistema e então clique &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fechar Inicialização Rápida&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; no meu pop-up. A próxima vez que o computador reiniciar, a inicialização rápida será carregada novamente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para evitar que o OpenOffice.org carrega-a durante a inicialização do sistema, desmarque o item &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Carregar OpenOffice.org durante a inicialização do sistema&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; no menu pop-up. Você deve querer fazer isto se seu computador tem memória insuficiente, por exemplo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reativando a Inicialização rápida ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Se a inicialização rápida foi desabilitada, você pode reativá-la selecionando  a opção &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Carregar OpenOffice.org durante a inicialização do sistema&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; em &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ferramentas &amp;gt; Opções &amp;gt; OpenOffice.org &amp;gt; Memória&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Usando a Inicialização rápida no Linux ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Algumas instalações do OpenOffice.org no Linux têm também inicialização rápida que parece e atua como descrito acima no Windows (a opção na página de Memória é chamada &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ativar a inicialização rápida da bandeja do sistema&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Pré-carregando OOo no Linux/KDE ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No linux/KDE você pode usar KDocker para ter OOo carregado e pronto para uso na inicialização. KDocker não é parte do OOo; ele é genericamente um &amp;quot;aplicativo de bandeja de sistema&amp;quot; que é útil se você abre OOo frequentemente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Iniciando através da linha de comando ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Você pode querer iniciar o Writer através da linha de comando (usando o teclado ao invés do mouse). Por quê? Bem, usando a linha de comando você tem mais controle sobre o que acontece quando o Writer é iniciado. Por exemplo, usando a linha de comando, você pode chamar o Writer para carregar um documento e imprimi-lo imediatamente, ou iniciar sem mostrar a tela de abertura do OOo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/Note|A maioria dos usuários nunca precisará fazer isso.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Existe mais de uma forma de iniciar o Writer através da linha de comando, dependendo se você tem instalado uma versão customizada ou a versão padrão baixada do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;site&amp;#039;&amp;#039; do OOo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Se você instalou usando o &amp;#039;&amp;#039;download&amp;#039;&amp;#039; do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;site&amp;#039;&amp;#039; OOo, você pode iniciar o Writer digitando na linha de comando:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;soffice -writer&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ou&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;swriter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writer iniciará e criará um novo documento.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para ver a lista de opções que você pode usar, quando iniciar o Writer na linha de comando, digite:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;soffice -?&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abaixo está uma lista de algumas opções mais populares.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Opção&lt;br /&gt;
! Descrição&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-help&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Fornece uma lista completa de opções. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-nologo&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Não mostra a tela de inicialização.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-show &amp;lt;odp-file&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Inicia a apresentação imediatamente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-view&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;documents&amp;amp;nbsp;...&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Abre documentos no modo visualização (somente leitura).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-minimized&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Inicia o OOo minimizado.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-norestore&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Suprime reiniciar/recuparar depois de erros fatais.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-invisible&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Não exibe tela de inicialização, não abre o documento padrão e não &amp;#039;&amp;#039;UI&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Isto é útil para aplicações de terceiros que usam funcionalidade providas pelo OOo.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Se você tem uma versão customizada do OOo (como uma provida  pelo Linux Mandrake ou Gentoo), você pode iniciar o Writer digitando na linha de comando:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;oowriter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/Note|Embora a sintaxe da linha de comando ser diferente, o efeito é idêntico: ele iniciará o OOo com um documento em branco do Writer.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CCBY}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Writer Guide (Documentation)]]&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wmaltezo|Wmaltezo]] 20:44, 11 July 2010 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Introducing_Writer&amp;diff=177051</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Writer Guide/Introducing Writer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Introducing_Writer&amp;diff=177051"/>
		<updated>2010-08-02T18:08:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Introdução ao Writer}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{PT/Documentation/WG3IntroTOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevNext=block&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Copyright&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Starting Writer&lt;br /&gt;
}}__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/CheckedAccuracy|[[User:Clairedwood|Clairedwood]] 19:08, 5 June 2010 (UTC)}}&lt;br /&gt;
Este capítulo &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OpenOffice.org 3 Writer Guide&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; foi produzido por [http://oooauthors.org/ OOoAuthors group]. Um PDF deste capítulo está disponível nesta [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Chapters | wiki page]]. O PDFs estão atualizados até a segunda edição do livro e o wiki está sendo atualizado.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=  O que é o Writer? =&lt;br /&gt;
Writer é um processador de texto do OpenOffice.org (OOo). Além das usuais características de um processador de textos (verificação ortográfica, dicionário de sinônimos, hifenização, autocorreção, localizar e substituir, geração automática de tabelas e índices, mala direta e outros), Writer provê ainda estas importantes características:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Modelos e estilos&lt;br /&gt;
* Métodos de &amp;#039;&amp;#039;layout&amp;#039;&amp;#039; de página, incluindo quadros, colunas e tabelas&lt;br /&gt;
* Gráficos embutidos ou linkados, planilhas e outros objetos&lt;br /&gt;
* Ferramentas de desenho embutidas&lt;br /&gt;
* Documento mestre em grupo ou uma coleção de documentos dentro de um documento único&lt;br /&gt;
* Mudança de metodologia durante revisões&lt;br /&gt;
* Integração com banco de dados, incluindo um banco de dados bibliográfico&lt;br /&gt;
* Exportação para PDF, incluindo marcadores de página&lt;br /&gt;
* E muito mais&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estilos são o ponto central no uso de Writer. Usando estilos você pode facilmente formatar seus documentos consistentemente e modificá-los com um mínimo de esforço. Estilo é como é chamado um conjunto de opções de formatação. Writer define muitos tipos de estilos, para diferente tipos de elementos: caracteres, parágrafos, páginas, quadros e listas. Frequentemente você está utilizando estilos, quer você entenda isso ou não. O uso de estilos é descrito em maiores detalhes em [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Introduction_to_Styles|Capítulo 6 (Introdução a estilos)]] e [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Working_with_Styles| Capítulo 7 (Trabalhando com estilos)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outras ferramentas do Writer listadas acima são também cobertas em detalhes em outros capítulos deste guia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CCBY}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Writer Guide (Documentation)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/The_Writer_interface&amp;diff=177035</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Writer Guide/The Writer interface</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/The_Writer_interface&amp;diff=177035"/>
		<updated>2010-08-02T15:02:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:A &amp;#039;&amp;#039;interface&amp;#039;&amp;#039; do Writer}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[ru:PT/documentation/ooo3_user_guides/writer_guide/the_writer_interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{PT/Documentation/WG3IntroTOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevNext=block&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Starting Writer&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Using the Navigator&lt;br /&gt;
}}__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
A principal área de trabalho do Writer está mostrada abaixo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Writer3-main.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;The main Writer workspace in Print Layout view&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menus ==&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Barra de Menu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; está localizada sobre toda extensão do topo da janela do Writer, exatamente abaixo da Barra de Título. Quando você escolhe um dos menus, um submenu descerá para mostrar os comandos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Arquivo&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos que aplicam-se ao documento inteiro como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Abrir&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;,  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Salvar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Exportar como PDF...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Editar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para editar o documento tais como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Desfazer: xxx&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (onde xxx é o comando a ser desfeito) e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Localizar e Substituir...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Contém também comandos para &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;cortar, copiar e colar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; partes selecionadas de um documento.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Exibir&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para controlar a exibição de um documento tais como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Zoom...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Layout da Web&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Inserir&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para inserção de elementos dentro de seu documento como cabeçalhos, rodapés e figuras.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Formatar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para formatação do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Layout&amp;#039;&amp;#039; de seu documento, tais como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Estilos e Formatação&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Parágrafo&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Marcadores e Numeração...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tabela&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; mostra todos os comandos para inserção e edição de uma tabela em um documento de texto.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ferramentas&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém funções como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ortografia e Gramática&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Personalizar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Opções&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Janela&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos referente à visualização da Janela.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ajuda&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém &amp;#039;&amp;#039;links&amp;#039;&amp;#039; para o arquivo de ajuda do OpenOffice.org, O que é isto?, e informação sobre o programa. Veja [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Writer_documents#Getting Help|Getting help]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Barra de Ferramentas ==&lt;br /&gt;
== Toolbars ==&lt;br /&gt;
Writer tem vários tipos de barra de ferramentas: Ancoradas, flutuantes, e Tear-off. Barra de ferramentas ancoradas podem ser movidas para diferentes posições ou deixadas flutuantes e barras de ferramentas flutuantes podem ser ancoradas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A barra de ferramentas mais acima (na disposição original) é chamada de Barra de ferramentas &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Padrão&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Esta  é igual nas Aplicações do OpenOffice.org (Writer, Calc, Draw, Impress, Base)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A segunda Barra de Ferramentas na parte de cima do aplicativo (posição original) é a barra de ferramenta de &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Formatação&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Ela é sensível ao contexto é mostra as ferramentas relevantes em resposta a posição atual do cursor ou ao que está selecionado. Por exemplo, quando o cursor está sobre um gráfico, a barra de Ferramentas Formatação provê ferramentas para formatação de gráficos; quando o cursor está sob texto, as ferramentas disponíveis são para formatação de textos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Displaying or hiding toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
To display or hide toolbars, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View &amp;gt; Toolbars&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, then click on the name of a toolbar in the list. An active toolbar shows a check mark beside its name. Tear-off toolbars are not listed in the View menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Submenus and tear-off toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
Toolbar icons with a small triangle to the right will display &amp;#039;&amp;#039;submenus, tear-off toolbars&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, and other ways of selecting things, depending on the icon. The image below shows a tear-off toolbar from the Drawing toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Tearoff-toolbars.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Example of a tear-off toolbar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tear-off toolbars can be floating or docked along an edge of the screen or in one of the existing toolbar areas. To move a floating tear-off toolbar, drag it by the title bar. See [[#Moving toolbars|Moving toolbars]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Moving toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
To move a docked toolbar, place the mouse pointer over the toolbar handle, hold down the left mouse button, drag the toolbar to the new location, and then release the mouse button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Undock-toolbar3.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moving a docked toolbar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To move a floating toolbar, click on its title bar and drag it to a new location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Floating-toolbar3.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moving a floating toolbar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Floating toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
Writer includes several additional context-sensitive toolbars, whose defaults appear as floating toolbars in response to the cursor’s current position or selection. For example, when the cursor is in a table, a floating &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Table&amp;#039;&amp;#039; toolbar appears, and when the cursor is in a numbered or bullet list, the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bullets and Numbering&amp;#039;&amp;#039; toolbar appears. You can dock these toolbars to the top, bottom, or side of the window, if you wish (see [[#Moving toolbars|Moving toolbars]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Docking/floating windows and toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
Toolbars and some windows, such as the Navigator and the Styles and Formatting window, are dockable. You can move, resize, or dock them to an edge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To dock a window, do one of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the title bar of the floating window and drag it to the side until you see the outline of a box appear in the main window and then release the window. This method depends on your system’s window manager settings, so it may not work for you.&lt;br /&gt;
* Hold down the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key and double-click on a vacant part of the floating window to dock it in its last position. If that does not work, try double-clicking without using the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: [[Image:Docking.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Docking a window&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To undock a window, hold down the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key and double-click on a vacant part of the docked window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/Note|The Styles and Formatting window can also be docked or undocked by using &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control+double-click&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the gray area next to the icons at the top of the window.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Customizing toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can customize toolbars in several ways, including choosing which icons are visible and locking the position of a docked toolbar. You can also add icons and create new toolbars, as described in [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Customizing_Writer|Chapter 17]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access a toolbar’s customization options, use the down-arrow at the end of the toolbar or on its title bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Custom-toolbars.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customizing toolbars&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To show or hide icons defined for the selected toolbar, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Visible Buttons&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the drop-down menu. Visible icons have a checkmark next to them. Click on icons to select or deselect them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Right-click (context) menus ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can quickly access many menu functions by right-clicking on a paragraph, graphic, or other object. A context menu will pop up. Often the context menu is the fastest and easiest way to reach a function. If you’re not sure where in the menus or toolbars a function is located, you can often find it by right-clicking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rulers ==&lt;br /&gt;
To show or hide rulers, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View &amp;gt; Ruler&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. To enable the vertical ruler, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tools &amp;gt; Options &amp;gt; OpenOffice.org Writer &amp;gt; View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Vertical ruler&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CH1_VerticalRuler.png|thumb|none|600px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turning on the vertical ruler&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Status bar ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Writer status bar provides information about the document and convenient ways to quickly change some document features. From left to right, the fields are as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:WriterStatusBar1.png|thumb|none|500px|Left end of status bar in Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:WriterStatusBar2.png|thumb|none|500px|Right end of status bar in Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Page number&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the current page number, the sequence number of the current page (if different), and the total number of pages in the document. For example, if you restarted page numbering at 1 on the third page, its page number is 1 and its sequence number is 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If any bookmarks have been defined in the document, a right-click on this field pops up a list of bookmarks; click on the required one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To jump to a specific page in the document, double-click in this field. The [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Using_the_Navigator|Navigator]] opens. Click in the Page Number field and type the required page number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Page style&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the style of the current page. To change the page style, right-click on this field. A list of page styles pops up; choose a different style by clicking on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit the page style, double-click on this field. The Page Style dialog box opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Language&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the language for the selected text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click to open a menu where you can choose another language for the selected text or for the paragraph where the cursor is located. You can also choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;None&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to exclude the text from spellchecking or choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;More...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to open the Character dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Insert mode&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click to toggle between &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Insert&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Overwrite&amp;#039;&amp;#039; modes when typing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Selection mode&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click to toggle between STD (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Standard&amp;#039;&amp;#039;), EXT (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Extend&amp;#039;&amp;#039;), ADD (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) and BLK (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Block&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) selection. EXT is an alternative to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Shift+click&amp;#039;&amp;#039; when selecting text. See [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Working_with_Text|Chapter 3 (Working with Text)]] for more information about ADD and BLK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Unsaved changes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An asterisk (*) appears here if changes to the document have not been saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Digital signature&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the document has been digitally signed, an icon [[Image:SecurePDFicon.png]] shows in this part of the Status bar. You can double-click the icon to view the certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Section or object information&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the cursor is on a section or object (such as a picture), information about that item appears in this field. Double-clicking in this area opens a relevant dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Object&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Information shown&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Dialog box opened&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Picture&lt;br /&gt;
| Size and position&lt;br /&gt;
| Format Picture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| List&amp;amp;nbsp;item&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
| Level and list style&lt;br /&gt;
| Bullets and Numbering (Note 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Heading&lt;br /&gt;
| Outline numbering level&lt;br /&gt;
| Bullets and Numbering (Note 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Table&lt;br /&gt;
| Name or number and cell reference of cursor&lt;br /&gt;
| Table Format&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section&lt;br /&gt;
| Name of section&lt;br /&gt;
| Edit Sections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Other&lt;br /&gt;
| (Blank)&lt;br /&gt;
| Fields (Cross References page)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Note 1: If a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;list style&amp;#039;&amp;#039; was used with a list item or heading, no dialog box appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View layout&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click an icon to change between single page, side-by-side, and book layout views. You can edit the document in any view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ViewLayouts.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View layouts: single, side-by-side, book&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Zoom&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the view magnification, drag the Zoom slider, or click on the + and – signs, or right-click on the zoom level percent to pop up a list of magnification values from which to choose. Zoom interacts with the selected view layout to determine how many pages are visible in the document window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ZoomSlider.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Changing document views =&lt;br /&gt;
Writer has several ways to view a document: Print Layout, Web Layout, and Full Screen. To access these and other choices, go to the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; menu and click on the required view. (When in Full Screen view, press the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Esc&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key to return to either Print or Web Layout view.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Print Layout, you can use both the Zoom slider and the View Layout icons on the Status bar. In Web Layout, you can use the Zoom slider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View &amp;gt; Zoom&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the menu bar to display the Zoom &amp;amp; View Layout dialog box, where you can set the same options as on the Status bar. In Web Layout view, most of the choices are not available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Zoom3.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Choosing Zoom and View Layout options&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CCBY}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Writer Guide (Documentation)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Template:Documentation/WG3IntroTOC&amp;diff=177023</id>
		<title>PT/Template:Documentation/WG3IntroTOC</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Template:Documentation/WG3IntroTOC&amp;diff=177023"/>
		<updated>2010-08-02T14:03:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: moved PT/Template:Documentation/WG3IntroTOC to Template:PT/Documentation/WG3IntroTOC:&amp;amp;#32;O make a mistake in the url&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Template:PT/Documentation/WG3IntroTOC]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=Template:PT/Documentation/WG3IntroTOC&amp;diff=177022</id>
		<title>Template:PT/Documentation/WG3IntroTOC</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=Template:PT/Documentation/WG3IntroTOC&amp;diff=177022"/>
		<updated>2010-08-02T14:03:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: moved PT/Template:Documentation/WG3IntroTOC to Template:PT/Documentation/WG3IntroTOC:&amp;amp;#32;O make a mistake in the url&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Documentation/MasterTOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevPage={{{ShowPrevPage}}}&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPage={{{PrevPage}}}&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowNextPage={{{ShowNextPage}}}&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage={{{NextPage}}}&lt;br /&gt;
|bookid=WG3&lt;br /&gt;
|booktitle=[[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide|{{OOo}} 3 Guia do Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowParttitle=block&lt;br /&gt;
|parttitle=[[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Introducing Writer| Capítulo 1: Introdução ao Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevPart=block&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPart=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Copyright&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowNextPart=block&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPart=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Setting up Writer&lt;br /&gt;
|toccontent=&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Starting Writer|Iniciando o Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/The Writer interface|A interface do Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Using the Navigator|Usando o navegador]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Writer documents|Documentos ro Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Closing documents|Fechando documentos e o Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/The_Writer_interface&amp;diff=177020</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Writer Guide/The Writer interface</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/The_Writer_interface&amp;diff=177020"/>
		<updated>2010-08-02T14:00:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:A &amp;#039;&amp;#039;interface&amp;#039;&amp;#039; do Writer}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[ru:PT/documentation/ooo3_user_guides/writer_guide/the_writer_interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{PT/Documentation/WG3IntroTOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevNext=block&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Starting Writer&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Using the Navigator&lt;br /&gt;
}}__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
A principal área de trabalho do Writer está mostrada abaixo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Writer3-main.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;The main Writer workspace in Print Layout view&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menus ==&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Barra de Menu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; está localizada sobre toda extensão do topo da janela do Writer, exatamente abaixo da Barra de Título. Quando você escolhe um dos menus, um submenu descerá para mostrar os comandos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Arquivo&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos que aplicam-se ao documento inteiro como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Abrir&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;,  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Salvar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Exportar como PDF...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Editar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para editar o documento tais como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Desfazer: xxx&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (onde xxx é o comando a ser desfeito) e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Localizar e Substituir...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Contém também comandos para &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;cortar, copiar e colar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; partes selecionadas de um documento.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Exibir&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para controlar a exibição de um documento tais como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Zoom...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Layout da Web&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Inserir&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para inserção de elementos dentro de seu documento como cabeçalhos, rodapés e figuras.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Formatar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para formatação do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Layout&amp;#039;&amp;#039; de seu documento, tais como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Estilos e Formatação&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Parágrafo&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Marcadores e Numeração...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tabela&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; mostra todos os comandos para inserção e edição de uma tabela em um documento de texto.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ferramentas&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém funções como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ortografia e Gramática&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Personalizar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Opções&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Janela&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos referente à visualização da Janela.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ajuda&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém &amp;#039;&amp;#039;links&amp;#039;&amp;#039; para o arquivo de ajuda do OpenOffice.org, O que é isto?, e informação sobre o programa. Veja [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Writer_documents#Getting Help|Getting help]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Toolbars ==&lt;br /&gt;
Writer has several types of toolbars: docked, floating, and tear-off. Docked toolbars can be moved to different locations or made to float, and floating toolbars can be docked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The top docked toolbar (default position) is called the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Standard&amp;#039;&amp;#039; toolbar. The Standard toolbar is consistent across the OpenOffice.org applications(Writer, Calc, Draw, Impress, Base).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second toolbar across the top (default location) is the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Formatting&amp;#039;&amp;#039; toolbar. It is a context-sensitive bar that shows the relevant tools in response to the cursor’s current position or selection. For example, when the cursor is on a graphic, the Formatting bar provides tools for formatting graphics; when the cursor is in text, the tools are for formatting text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Displaying or hiding toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
To display or hide toolbars, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View &amp;gt; Toolbars&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, then click on the name of a toolbar in the list. An active toolbar shows a check mark beside its name. Tear-off toolbars are not listed in the View menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Submenus and tear-off toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
Toolbar icons with a small triangle to the right will display &amp;#039;&amp;#039;submenus, tear-off toolbars&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, and other ways of selecting things, depending on the icon. The image below shows a tear-off toolbar from the Drawing toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Tearoff-toolbars.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Example of a tear-off toolbar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tear-off toolbars can be floating or docked along an edge of the screen or in one of the existing toolbar areas. To move a floating tear-off toolbar, drag it by the title bar. See [[#Moving toolbars|Moving toolbars]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Moving toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
To move a docked toolbar, place the mouse pointer over the toolbar handle, hold down the left mouse button, drag the toolbar to the new location, and then release the mouse button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Undock-toolbar3.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moving a docked toolbar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To move a floating toolbar, click on its title bar and drag it to a new location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Floating-toolbar3.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moving a floating toolbar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Floating toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
Writer includes several additional context-sensitive toolbars, whose defaults appear as floating toolbars in response to the cursor’s current position or selection. For example, when the cursor is in a table, a floating &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Table&amp;#039;&amp;#039; toolbar appears, and when the cursor is in a numbered or bullet list, the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bullets and Numbering&amp;#039;&amp;#039; toolbar appears. You can dock these toolbars to the top, bottom, or side of the window, if you wish (see [[#Moving toolbars|Moving toolbars]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Docking/floating windows and toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
Toolbars and some windows, such as the Navigator and the Styles and Formatting window, are dockable. You can move, resize, or dock them to an edge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To dock a window, do one of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the title bar of the floating window and drag it to the side until you see the outline of a box appear in the main window and then release the window. This method depends on your system’s window manager settings, so it may not work for you.&lt;br /&gt;
* Hold down the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key and double-click on a vacant part of the floating window to dock it in its last position. If that does not work, try double-clicking without using the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: [[Image:Docking.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Docking a window&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To undock a window, hold down the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key and double-click on a vacant part of the docked window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/Note|The Styles and Formatting window can also be docked or undocked by using &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control+double-click&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the gray area next to the icons at the top of the window.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Customizing toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can customize toolbars in several ways, including choosing which icons are visible and locking the position of a docked toolbar. You can also add icons and create new toolbars, as described in [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Customizing_Writer|Chapter 17]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access a toolbar’s customization options, use the down-arrow at the end of the toolbar or on its title bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Custom-toolbars.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customizing toolbars&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To show or hide icons defined for the selected toolbar, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Visible Buttons&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the drop-down menu. Visible icons have a checkmark next to them. Click on icons to select or deselect them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Right-click (context) menus ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can quickly access many menu functions by right-clicking on a paragraph, graphic, or other object. A context menu will pop up. Often the context menu is the fastest and easiest way to reach a function. If you’re not sure where in the menus or toolbars a function is located, you can often find it by right-clicking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rulers ==&lt;br /&gt;
To show or hide rulers, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View &amp;gt; Ruler&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. To enable the vertical ruler, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tools &amp;gt; Options &amp;gt; OpenOffice.org Writer &amp;gt; View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Vertical ruler&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CH1_VerticalRuler.png|thumb|none|600px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turning on the vertical ruler&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Status bar ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Writer status bar provides information about the document and convenient ways to quickly change some document features. From left to right, the fields are as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:WriterStatusBar1.png|thumb|none|500px|Left end of status bar in Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:WriterStatusBar2.png|thumb|none|500px|Right end of status bar in Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Page number&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the current page number, the sequence number of the current page (if different), and the total number of pages in the document. For example, if you restarted page numbering at 1 on the third page, its page number is 1 and its sequence number is 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If any bookmarks have been defined in the document, a right-click on this field pops up a list of bookmarks; click on the required one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To jump to a specific page in the document, double-click in this field. The [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Using_the_Navigator|Navigator]] opens. Click in the Page Number field and type the required page number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Page style&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the style of the current page. To change the page style, right-click on this field. A list of page styles pops up; choose a different style by clicking on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit the page style, double-click on this field. The Page Style dialog box opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Language&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the language for the selected text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click to open a menu where you can choose another language for the selected text or for the paragraph where the cursor is located. You can also choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;None&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to exclude the text from spellchecking or choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;More...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to open the Character dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Insert mode&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click to toggle between &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Insert&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Overwrite&amp;#039;&amp;#039; modes when typing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Selection mode&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click to toggle between STD (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Standard&amp;#039;&amp;#039;), EXT (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Extend&amp;#039;&amp;#039;), ADD (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) and BLK (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Block&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) selection. EXT is an alternative to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Shift+click&amp;#039;&amp;#039; when selecting text. See [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Working_with_Text|Chapter 3 (Working with Text)]] for more information about ADD and BLK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Unsaved changes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An asterisk (*) appears here if changes to the document have not been saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Digital signature&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the document has been digitally signed, an icon [[Image:SecurePDFicon.png]] shows in this part of the Status bar. You can double-click the icon to view the certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Section or object information&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the cursor is on a section or object (such as a picture), information about that item appears in this field. Double-clicking in this area opens a relevant dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Object&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Information shown&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Dialog box opened&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Picture&lt;br /&gt;
| Size and position&lt;br /&gt;
| Format Picture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| List&amp;amp;nbsp;item&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
| Level and list style&lt;br /&gt;
| Bullets and Numbering (Note 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Heading&lt;br /&gt;
| Outline numbering level&lt;br /&gt;
| Bullets and Numbering (Note 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Table&lt;br /&gt;
| Name or number and cell reference of cursor&lt;br /&gt;
| Table Format&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section&lt;br /&gt;
| Name of section&lt;br /&gt;
| Edit Sections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Other&lt;br /&gt;
| (Blank)&lt;br /&gt;
| Fields (Cross References page)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Note 1: If a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;list style&amp;#039;&amp;#039; was used with a list item or heading, no dialog box appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View layout&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click an icon to change between single page, side-by-side, and book layout views. You can edit the document in any view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ViewLayouts.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View layouts: single, side-by-side, book&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Zoom&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the view magnification, drag the Zoom slider, or click on the + and – signs, or right-click on the zoom level percent to pop up a list of magnification values from which to choose. Zoom interacts with the selected view layout to determine how many pages are visible in the document window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ZoomSlider.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Changing document views =&lt;br /&gt;
Writer has several ways to view a document: Print Layout, Web Layout, and Full Screen. To access these and other choices, go to the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; menu and click on the required view. (When in Full Screen view, press the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Esc&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key to return to either Print or Web Layout view.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Print Layout, you can use both the Zoom slider and the View Layout icons on the Status bar. In Web Layout, you can use the Zoom slider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View &amp;gt; Zoom&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the menu bar to display the Zoom &amp;amp; View Layout dialog box, where you can set the same options as on the Status bar. In Web Layout view, most of the choices are not available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Zoom3.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Choosing Zoom and View Layout options&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CCBY}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Writer Guide (Documentation)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=Template:PT/Documentation/WG3IntroTOC&amp;diff=177019</id>
		<title>Template:PT/Documentation/WG3IntroTOC</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=Template:PT/Documentation/WG3IntroTOC&amp;diff=177019"/>
		<updated>2010-08-02T13:58:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: Created page with &amp;#039;{{Documentation/MasterTOC |ShowPrevPage={{{ShowPrevPage}}} |PrevPage={{{PrevPage}}} |ShowNextPage={{{ShowNextPage}}} |NextPage={{{NextPage}}} |bookid=WG3 |booktitle=[[PT/Document…&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Documentation/MasterTOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevPage={{{ShowPrevPage}}}&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPage={{{PrevPage}}}&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowNextPage={{{ShowNextPage}}}&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage={{{NextPage}}}&lt;br /&gt;
|bookid=WG3&lt;br /&gt;
|booktitle=[[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide|{{OOo}} 3 Guia do Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowParttitle=block&lt;br /&gt;
|parttitle=[[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Introducing Writer| Capítulo 1: Introdução ao Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevPart=block&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPart=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Copyright&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowNextPart=block&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPart=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Setting up Writer&lt;br /&gt;
|toccontent=&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Starting Writer|Iniciando o Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/The Writer interface|A interface do Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Using the Navigator|Usando o navegador]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Writer documents|Documentos ro Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Closing documents|Fechando documentos e o Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=Template:PT/Documentation/WG3TOC&amp;diff=177018</id>
		<title>Template:PT/Documentation/WG3TOC</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=Template:PT/Documentation/WG3TOC&amp;diff=177018"/>
		<updated>2010-08-02T13:53:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Documentation/MasterTOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevPage={{{ShowPrevPage}}}&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPage={{{PrevPage}}}&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowNextPage={{{ShowNextPage}}}&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage={{{NextPage}}}&lt;br /&gt;
|bookid=WG3&lt;br /&gt;
|booktitle=[[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide|{{OOo}} 3 Índice]]&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowParttitle=none&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevPart=none&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowNextPart=block&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPart=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Introducing Writer&lt;br /&gt;
|toccontent=&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Copyright| Copyright]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Introducing Writer| Introdução ao Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Setting up Writer| Configurando o Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Working with Text| Trabalhando com Textos]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Formatting Pages| Formatando Páginas]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Printing Exporting Emailing| Imprimindo, Exportando, Enviando Fax e Email]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Introduction to Styles| Introdução a estilos]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Working with Styles| Trabalhando com estilos]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Working with Graphics| Trabalhando com gráficos]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Working with Tables| Trabalhando com tabelas]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Working with Templates| Trabalhando com modelos]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Using Mail Merge| Usando mala direta]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Toc Indexes Biblios| Criando Sumários, Índices e Referências Bibliográficas]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Master Documents| Trabalhando com documentos mestres]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Working with Fields| Trabalhando com campos]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Using Forms in Writer| Usando Formulários no Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Math Objects| Math Objects]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Customizing Writer| Personalizando o Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Keyboard Shortcuts| Atalhos do Teclado]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide&amp;diff=176944</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Writer Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide&amp;diff=176944"/>
		<updated>2010-07-30T17:05:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Documentos de Texto com OpenOffice.org 3.x Writer}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{PT/Documentation/WG3TOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevNext=block&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevPage=none&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Copyright&lt;br /&gt;
}}__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
Está seção contém o texto completo do guia do usuário entitulado &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Guia do OpenOffice 3 Writer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, produzido por [http://oooauthors.org/english OOoAuthors group]. PDFs deste livro e seus capítulos individuais estão disponíveis nesta [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Chapters | wiki page]]. Cópias impressas podem ser comprados de [http://stores.lulu.com/opendocument Friends of OpenDocument].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Este livro tem sido atualizado para OOo V3.2. Muitos dos PDFs (capítulos) são para a segunda edição.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{AddThis}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CCBY}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Writer Guide (Documentation)]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Documentation/Usage]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=Template:PT/Documentation/WG3TOC&amp;diff=176943</id>
		<title>Template:PT/Documentation/WG3TOC</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=Template:PT/Documentation/WG3TOC&amp;diff=176943"/>
		<updated>2010-07-30T17:04:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: Created page with &amp;#039;{{Documentation/MasterTOC |ShowPrevPage={{{ShowPrevPage}}} |PrevPage={{{PrevPage}}} |ShowNextPage={{{ShowNextPage}}} |NextPage={{{NextPage}}} |bookid=WG3 |booktitle=[[PT/Document…&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Documentation/MasterTOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevPage={{{ShowPrevPage}}}&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPage={{{PrevPage}}}&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowNextPage={{{ShowNextPage}}}&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage={{{NextPage}}}&lt;br /&gt;
|bookid=WG3&lt;br /&gt;
|booktitle=[[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide|{{OOo}} 3 Índice]]&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowParttitle=none&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevPart=none&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowNextPart=block&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPart=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Introducing Writer&lt;br /&gt;
|toccontent=&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Copyright| Copyright]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Introducing Writer| Introdução ao Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Setting up Writer| Setting up Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Working with Text| Working with Text]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Formatting Pages| Formatting Pages]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Printing Exporting Emailing| Printing, Faxing, Exporting, and Emailing]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Introduction to Styles| Introduction to Styles]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Working with Styles| Working with Styles]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Working with Graphics| Working with Graphics]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Working with Tables| Working with Tables]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Working with Templates| Working with Templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Using Mail Merge| Using Mail Merge]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Toc Indexes Biblios| Creating Tables of Contents, Indexes, and Bibliographies]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Master Documents| Working with Master Documents]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Working with Fields| Working with Fields]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Using Forms in Writer| Using Forms in Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Math Objects| Math Objects]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Customizing Writer| Customizing Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Keyboard Shortcuts| Keyboard Shortcuts]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Copyright&amp;diff=176942</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Writer Guide/Copyright</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Copyright&amp;diff=176942"/>
		<updated>2010-07-30T16:59:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Copyright}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{PT/Documentation/WG3TOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevNext=block&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Introducing Writer&lt;br /&gt;
}}__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
Este documento está protegido por Copyright © 2005–2010 e seus contribuintes estão listados na seção Autores. Você pode distribuir ela e/ou modificá-la sob os termos de uma também [http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html GNU General Public License, version 3 or later], ou a [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ Creative Commons Attribution License, version 3.0]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Todos os direitos dentro deste Guia pertencem aos seus legítimos proprietários.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Autores==&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|Magnus Adielsson || Agnes Belzunce&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Bruce Byfield || Daniel Carrera&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Dick Detwiler || Laurent Duperval&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Martin Fox || Katharina Greif&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Tara Hess || Peter Hillier-Brook&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Lou Iorio || John Kane&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Stefan A. Keel || Michael Kotsarinis&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sigrid Kronenberger || Peter Kupfer&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ian Laurenson || Alan Madden|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Paul Miller || Vincenzo Ponzi&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Scott Rhoades || Carol Roberts&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Iain Roberts || Gary Schnabl&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Robert Scott || Janet M. Swisher&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barbara M. Tobias || Jean Hollis Weber&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Catherine Waterman || Bob Wickham&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Linda Worthington&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; || Michele Zarri&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Por favor enviem qualquer comentário ou sugestão sobre este documento diretamente para: [mailto:authors@user-faq.openoffice.org authors@user-faq.openoffice.org].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Data da publicação e versão do software==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published 27 December 2008. Based on OpenOffice.org 3.0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CCBY}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Writer Guide (Documentation)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/WG3TOC&amp;diff=176941</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/WG3TOC</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/WG3TOC&amp;diff=176941"/>
		<updated>2010-07-30T16:59:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: Created page with &amp;#039;{{Documentation/MasterTOC |ShowPrevPage={{{ShowPrevPage}}} |PrevPage={{{PrevPage}}} |ShowNextPage={{{ShowNextPage}}} |NextPage={{{NextPage}}} |bookid=WG3 |booktitle=[[Documentati…&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Documentation/MasterTOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevPage={{{ShowPrevPage}}}&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPage={{{PrevPage}}}&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowNextPage={{{ShowNextPage}}}&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage={{{NextPage}}}&lt;br /&gt;
|bookid=WG3&lt;br /&gt;
|booktitle=[[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide|{{OOo}} 3 Índice]]&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowParttitle=none&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevPart=none&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowNextPart=block&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPart=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Introducing Writer&lt;br /&gt;
|toccontent=&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Copyright| Copyright]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Introducing Writer| Introdução ao Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Setting up Writer| Setting up Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Working with Text| Working with Text]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Formatting Pages| Formatting Pages]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Printing Exporting Emailing| Printing, Faxing, Exporting, and Emailing]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Introduction to Styles| Introduction to Styles]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Working with Styles| Working with Styles]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Working with Graphics| Working with Graphics]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Working with Tables| Working with Tables]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Working with Templates| Working with Templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Using Mail Merge| Using Mail Merge]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Toc Indexes Biblios| Creating Tables of Contents, Indexes, and Bibliographies]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Master Documents| Working with Master Documents]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Working with Fields| Working with Fields]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Using Forms in Writer| Using Forms in Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Math Objects| Math Objects]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Customizing Writer| Customizing Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Keyboard Shortcuts| Keyboard Shortcuts]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/The_Writer_interface&amp;diff=176774</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Writer Guide/The Writer interface</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/The_Writer_interface&amp;diff=176774"/>
		<updated>2010-07-26T17:19:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:A &amp;#039;&amp;#039;interface&amp;#039;&amp;#039; do Writer}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[ru:PT/documentation/ooo3_user_guides/writer_guide/the_writer_interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/WG3IntroTOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevNext=block&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Starting Writer&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Using the Navigator&lt;br /&gt;
}}__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
A principal área de trabalho do Writer está mostrada abaixo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Writer3-main.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;The main Writer workspace in Print Layout view&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menus ==&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Barra de Menu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; está localizada sobre toda extensão do topo da janela do Writer, exatamente abaixo da Barra de Título. Quando você escolhe um dos menus, um submenu descerá para mostrar os comandos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Arquivo&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos que aplicam-se ao documento inteiro como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Abrir&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;,  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Salvar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Exportar como PDF...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Editar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para editar o documento tais como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Desfazer: xxx&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (onde xxx é o comando a ser desfeito) e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Localizar e Substituir...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Contém também comandos para &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;cortar, copiar e colar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; partes selecionadas de um documento.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Exibir&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para controlar a exibição de um documento tais como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Zoom...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Layout da Web&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Inserir&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para inserção de elementos dentro de seu documento como cabeçalhos, rodapés e figuras.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Formatar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para formatação do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Layout&amp;#039;&amp;#039; de seu documento, tais como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Estilos e Formatação&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Parágrafo&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Marcadores e Numeração...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tabela&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; mostra todos os comandos para inserção e edição de uma tabela em um documento de texto.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ferramentas&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém funções como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ortografia e Gramática&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Personalizar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Opções&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Janela&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos referente à visualização da Janela.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ajuda&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém &amp;#039;&amp;#039;links&amp;#039;&amp;#039; para o arquivo de ajuda do OpenOffice.org, O que é isto?, e informação sobre o programa. Veja [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Writer_documents#Getting Help|Getting help]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Toolbars ==&lt;br /&gt;
Writer has several types of toolbars: docked, floating, and tear-off. Docked toolbars can be moved to different locations or made to float, and floating toolbars can be docked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The top docked toolbar (default position) is called the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Standard&amp;#039;&amp;#039; toolbar. The Standard toolbar is consistent across the OpenOffice.org applications(Writer, Calc, Draw, Impress, Base).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second toolbar across the top (default location) is the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Formatting&amp;#039;&amp;#039; toolbar. It is a context-sensitive bar that shows the relevant tools in response to the cursor’s current position or selection. For example, when the cursor is on a graphic, the Formatting bar provides tools for formatting graphics; when the cursor is in text, the tools are for formatting text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Displaying or hiding toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
To display or hide toolbars, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View &amp;gt; Toolbars&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, then click on the name of a toolbar in the list. An active toolbar shows a check mark beside its name. Tear-off toolbars are not listed in the View menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Submenus and tear-off toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
Toolbar icons with a small triangle to the right will display &amp;#039;&amp;#039;submenus, tear-off toolbars&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, and other ways of selecting things, depending on the icon. The image below shows a tear-off toolbar from the Drawing toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Tearoff-toolbars.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Example of a tear-off toolbar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tear-off toolbars can be floating or docked along an edge of the screen or in one of the existing toolbar areas. To move a floating tear-off toolbar, drag it by the title bar. See [[#Moving toolbars|Moving toolbars]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Moving toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
To move a docked toolbar, place the mouse pointer over the toolbar handle, hold down the left mouse button, drag the toolbar to the new location, and then release the mouse button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Undock-toolbar3.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moving a docked toolbar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To move a floating toolbar, click on its title bar and drag it to a new location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Floating-toolbar3.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moving a floating toolbar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Floating toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
Writer includes several additional context-sensitive toolbars, whose defaults appear as floating toolbars in response to the cursor’s current position or selection. For example, when the cursor is in a table, a floating &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Table&amp;#039;&amp;#039; toolbar appears, and when the cursor is in a numbered or bullet list, the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bullets and Numbering&amp;#039;&amp;#039; toolbar appears. You can dock these toolbars to the top, bottom, or side of the window, if you wish (see [[#Moving toolbars|Moving toolbars]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Docking/floating windows and toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
Toolbars and some windows, such as the Navigator and the Styles and Formatting window, are dockable. You can move, resize, or dock them to an edge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To dock a window, do one of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the title bar of the floating window and drag it to the side until you see the outline of a box appear in the main window and then release the window. This method depends on your system’s window manager settings, so it may not work for you.&lt;br /&gt;
* Hold down the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key and double-click on a vacant part of the floating window to dock it in its last position. If that does not work, try double-clicking without using the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: [[Image:Docking.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Docking a window&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To undock a window, hold down the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key and double-click on a vacant part of the docked window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/Note|The Styles and Formatting window can also be docked or undocked by using &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control+double-click&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the gray area next to the icons at the top of the window.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Customizing toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can customize toolbars in several ways, including choosing which icons are visible and locking the position of a docked toolbar. You can also add icons and create new toolbars, as described in [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Customizing_Writer|Chapter 17]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access a toolbar’s customization options, use the down-arrow at the end of the toolbar or on its title bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Custom-toolbars.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customizing toolbars&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To show or hide icons defined for the selected toolbar, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Visible Buttons&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the drop-down menu. Visible icons have a checkmark next to them. Click on icons to select or deselect them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Right-click (context) menus ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can quickly access many menu functions by right-clicking on a paragraph, graphic, or other object. A context menu will pop up. Often the context menu is the fastest and easiest way to reach a function. If you’re not sure where in the menus or toolbars a function is located, you can often find it by right-clicking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rulers ==&lt;br /&gt;
To show or hide rulers, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View &amp;gt; Ruler&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. To enable the vertical ruler, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tools &amp;gt; Options &amp;gt; OpenOffice.org Writer &amp;gt; View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Vertical ruler&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CH1_VerticalRuler.png|thumb|none|600px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turning on the vertical ruler&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Status bar ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Writer status bar provides information about the document and convenient ways to quickly change some document features. From left to right, the fields are as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:WriterStatusBar1.png|thumb|none|500px|Left end of status bar in Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:WriterStatusBar2.png|thumb|none|500px|Right end of status bar in Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Page number&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the current page number, the sequence number of the current page (if different), and the total number of pages in the document. For example, if you restarted page numbering at 1 on the third page, its page number is 1 and its sequence number is 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If any bookmarks have been defined in the document, a right-click on this field pops up a list of bookmarks; click on the required one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To jump to a specific page in the document, double-click in this field. The [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Using_the_Navigator|Navigator]] opens. Click in the Page Number field and type the required page number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Page style&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the style of the current page. To change the page style, right-click on this field. A list of page styles pops up; choose a different style by clicking on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit the page style, double-click on this field. The Page Style dialog box opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Language&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the language for the selected text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click to open a menu where you can choose another language for the selected text or for the paragraph where the cursor is located. You can also choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;None&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to exclude the text from spellchecking or choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;More...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to open the Character dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Insert mode&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click to toggle between &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Insert&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Overwrite&amp;#039;&amp;#039; modes when typing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Selection mode&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click to toggle between STD (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Standard&amp;#039;&amp;#039;), EXT (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Extend&amp;#039;&amp;#039;), ADD (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) and BLK (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Block&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) selection. EXT is an alternative to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Shift+click&amp;#039;&amp;#039; when selecting text. See [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Working_with_Text|Chapter 3 (Working with Text)]] for more information about ADD and BLK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Unsaved changes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An asterisk (*) appears here if changes to the document have not been saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Digital signature&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the document has been digitally signed, an icon [[Image:SecurePDFicon.png]] shows in this part of the Status bar. You can double-click the icon to view the certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Section or object information&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the cursor is on a section or object (such as a picture), information about that item appears in this field. Double-clicking in this area opens a relevant dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Object&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Information shown&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Dialog box opened&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Picture&lt;br /&gt;
| Size and position&lt;br /&gt;
| Format Picture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| List&amp;amp;nbsp;item&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
| Level and list style&lt;br /&gt;
| Bullets and Numbering (Note 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Heading&lt;br /&gt;
| Outline numbering level&lt;br /&gt;
| Bullets and Numbering (Note 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Table&lt;br /&gt;
| Name or number and cell reference of cursor&lt;br /&gt;
| Table Format&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section&lt;br /&gt;
| Name of section&lt;br /&gt;
| Edit Sections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Other&lt;br /&gt;
| (Blank)&lt;br /&gt;
| Fields (Cross References page)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Note 1: If a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;list style&amp;#039;&amp;#039; was used with a list item or heading, no dialog box appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View layout&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click an icon to change between single page, side-by-side, and book layout views. You can edit the document in any view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ViewLayouts.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View layouts: single, side-by-side, book&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Zoom&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the view magnification, drag the Zoom slider, or click on the + and – signs, or right-click on the zoom level percent to pop up a list of magnification values from which to choose. Zoom interacts with the selected view layout to determine how many pages are visible in the document window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ZoomSlider.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Changing document views =&lt;br /&gt;
Writer has several ways to view a document: Print Layout, Web Layout, and Full Screen. To access these and other choices, go to the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; menu and click on the required view. (When in Full Screen view, press the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Esc&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key to return to either Print or Web Layout view.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Print Layout, you can use both the Zoom slider and the View Layout icons on the Status bar. In Web Layout, you can use the Zoom slider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View &amp;gt; Zoom&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the menu bar to display the Zoom &amp;amp; View Layout dialog box, where you can set the same options as on the Status bar. In Web Layout view, most of the choices are not available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Zoom3.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Choosing Zoom and View Layout options&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CCBY}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Writer Guide (Documentation)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/The_Writer_interface&amp;diff=176770</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Writer Guide/The Writer interface</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/The_Writer_interface&amp;diff=176770"/>
		<updated>2010-07-26T15:43:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:A &amp;#039;&amp;#039;interface&amp;#039;&amp;#039; do Writer}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[ru:PT/documentation/ooo3_user_guides/writer_guide/the_writer_interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/WG3IntroTOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevNext=block&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Starting Writer&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Using the Navigator&lt;br /&gt;
}}__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
A principal área de trabalho do Writer está mostrada abaixo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Writer3-main.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;The main Writer workspace in Print Layout view&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menus ==&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Barra de Menu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; está localizada sobre toda extensão do topo da janela do Writer, exatamente abaixo da Barra de Título. Quando você escolhe um dos menus, um submenu descerá para mostrar os comandos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Arquivo&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos que aplicam-se ao documento inteiro como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Abrir&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;,  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Salvar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Exportar como PDF...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Editar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para editar o documento tais como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Desfazer: xxx&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (onde xxx é o comando a ser desfeito) e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Localizar e Substituir...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Contém também comandos para &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;cortar, copiar e colar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; partes selecionadas de um documento.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Exibir&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para controlar a exibição de um documento tais como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Zoom...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Layout da Web&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Inserir&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para inserção de elementos dentro de seu documento como cabeçalhos, rodapés e figuras.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Formatar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para formatação do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Layout&amp;#039;&amp;#039; de seu documento, tais como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Estilos e Formatação&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Parágrafo&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Marcadores e Numeração...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tabela&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; mostra todos os comandos para inserção e edição de uma tabela em um documento de texto.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ferramentas &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém funções como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ortografia e Gramática... &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Personalizar... &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Opções... &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Janela&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos referente à visualização da Janela.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ajuda&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém &amp;#039;&amp;#039;links&amp;#039;&amp;#039; para o arquivo de ajuda do OpenOffice.org, O que é isto?, e informação sobre o programa. Veja [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Writer_documents#Getting Help|Getting help]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Toolbars ==&lt;br /&gt;
Writer has several types of toolbars: docked, floating, and tear-off. Docked toolbars can be moved to different locations or made to float, and floating toolbars can be docked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The top docked toolbar (default position) is called the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Standard&amp;#039;&amp;#039; toolbar. The Standard toolbar is consistent across the OpenOffice.org applications(Writer, Calc, Draw, Impress, Base).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second toolbar across the top (default location) is the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Formatting&amp;#039;&amp;#039; toolbar. It is a context-sensitive bar that shows the relevant tools in response to the cursor’s current position or selection. For example, when the cursor is on a graphic, the Formatting bar provides tools for formatting graphics; when the cursor is in text, the tools are for formatting text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Displaying or hiding toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
To display or hide toolbars, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View &amp;gt; Toolbars&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, then click on the name of a toolbar in the list. An active toolbar shows a check mark beside its name. Tear-off toolbars are not listed in the View menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Submenus and tear-off toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
Toolbar icons with a small triangle to the right will display &amp;#039;&amp;#039;submenus, tear-off toolbars&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, and other ways of selecting things, depending on the icon. The image below shows a tear-off toolbar from the Drawing toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Tearoff-toolbars.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Example of a tear-off toolbar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tear-off toolbars can be floating or docked along an edge of the screen or in one of the existing toolbar areas. To move a floating tear-off toolbar, drag it by the title bar. See [[#Moving toolbars|Moving toolbars]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Moving toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
To move a docked toolbar, place the mouse pointer over the toolbar handle, hold down the left mouse button, drag the toolbar to the new location, and then release the mouse button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Undock-toolbar3.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moving a docked toolbar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To move a floating toolbar, click on its title bar and drag it to a new location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Floating-toolbar3.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moving a floating toolbar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Floating toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
Writer includes several additional context-sensitive toolbars, whose defaults appear as floating toolbars in response to the cursor’s current position or selection. For example, when the cursor is in a table, a floating &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Table&amp;#039;&amp;#039; toolbar appears, and when the cursor is in a numbered or bullet list, the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bullets and Numbering&amp;#039;&amp;#039; toolbar appears. You can dock these toolbars to the top, bottom, or side of the window, if you wish (see [[#Moving toolbars|Moving toolbars]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Docking/floating windows and toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
Toolbars and some windows, such as the Navigator and the Styles and Formatting window, are dockable. You can move, resize, or dock them to an edge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To dock a window, do one of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the title bar of the floating window and drag it to the side until you see the outline of a box appear in the main window and then release the window. This method depends on your system’s window manager settings, so it may not work for you.&lt;br /&gt;
* Hold down the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key and double-click on a vacant part of the floating window to dock it in its last position. If that does not work, try double-clicking without using the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: [[Image:Docking.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Docking a window&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To undock a window, hold down the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key and double-click on a vacant part of the docked window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/Note|The Styles and Formatting window can also be docked or undocked by using &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control+double-click&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the gray area next to the icons at the top of the window.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Customizing toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can customize toolbars in several ways, including choosing which icons are visible and locking the position of a docked toolbar. You can also add icons and create new toolbars, as described in [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Customizing_Writer|Chapter 17]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access a toolbar’s customization options, use the down-arrow at the end of the toolbar or on its title bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Custom-toolbars.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customizing toolbars&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To show or hide icons defined for the selected toolbar, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Visible Buttons&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the drop-down menu. Visible icons have a checkmark next to them. Click on icons to select or deselect them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Right-click (context) menus ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can quickly access many menu functions by right-clicking on a paragraph, graphic, or other object. A context menu will pop up. Often the context menu is the fastest and easiest way to reach a function. If you’re not sure where in the menus or toolbars a function is located, you can often find it by right-clicking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rulers ==&lt;br /&gt;
To show or hide rulers, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View &amp;gt; Ruler&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. To enable the vertical ruler, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tools &amp;gt; Options &amp;gt; OpenOffice.org Writer &amp;gt; View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Vertical ruler&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CH1_VerticalRuler.png|thumb|none|600px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turning on the vertical ruler&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Status bar ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Writer status bar provides information about the document and convenient ways to quickly change some document features. From left to right, the fields are as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:WriterStatusBar1.png|thumb|none|500px|Left end of status bar in Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:WriterStatusBar2.png|thumb|none|500px|Right end of status bar in Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Page number&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the current page number, the sequence number of the current page (if different), and the total number of pages in the document. For example, if you restarted page numbering at 1 on the third page, its page number is 1 and its sequence number is 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If any bookmarks have been defined in the document, a right-click on this field pops up a list of bookmarks; click on the required one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To jump to a specific page in the document, double-click in this field. The [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Using_the_Navigator|Navigator]] opens. Click in the Page Number field and type the required page number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Page style&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the style of the current page. To change the page style, right-click on this field. A list of page styles pops up; choose a different style by clicking on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit the page style, double-click on this field. The Page Style dialog box opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Language&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the language for the selected text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click to open a menu where you can choose another language for the selected text or for the paragraph where the cursor is located. You can also choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;None&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to exclude the text from spellchecking or choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;More...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to open the Character dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Insert mode&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click to toggle between &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Insert&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Overwrite&amp;#039;&amp;#039; modes when typing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Selection mode&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click to toggle between STD (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Standard&amp;#039;&amp;#039;), EXT (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Extend&amp;#039;&amp;#039;), ADD (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) and BLK (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Block&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) selection. EXT is an alternative to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Shift+click&amp;#039;&amp;#039; when selecting text. See [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Working_with_Text|Chapter 3 (Working with Text)]] for more information about ADD and BLK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Unsaved changes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An asterisk (*) appears here if changes to the document have not been saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Digital signature&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the document has been digitally signed, an icon [[Image:SecurePDFicon.png]] shows in this part of the Status bar. You can double-click the icon to view the certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Section or object information&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the cursor is on a section or object (such as a picture), information about that item appears in this field. Double-clicking in this area opens a relevant dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Object&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Information shown&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Dialog box opened&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Picture&lt;br /&gt;
| Size and position&lt;br /&gt;
| Format Picture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| List&amp;amp;nbsp;item&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
| Level and list style&lt;br /&gt;
| Bullets and Numbering (Note 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Heading&lt;br /&gt;
| Outline numbering level&lt;br /&gt;
| Bullets and Numbering (Note 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Table&lt;br /&gt;
| Name or number and cell reference of cursor&lt;br /&gt;
| Table Format&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section&lt;br /&gt;
| Name of section&lt;br /&gt;
| Edit Sections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Other&lt;br /&gt;
| (Blank)&lt;br /&gt;
| Fields (Cross References page)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Note 1: If a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;list style&amp;#039;&amp;#039; was used with a list item or heading, no dialog box appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View layout&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click an icon to change between single page, side-by-side, and book layout views. You can edit the document in any view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ViewLayouts.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View layouts: single, side-by-side, book&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Zoom&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the view magnification, drag the Zoom slider, or click on the + and – signs, or right-click on the zoom level percent to pop up a list of magnification values from which to choose. Zoom interacts with the selected view layout to determine how many pages are visible in the document window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ZoomSlider.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Changing document views =&lt;br /&gt;
Writer has several ways to view a document: Print Layout, Web Layout, and Full Screen. To access these and other choices, go to the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; menu and click on the required view. (When in Full Screen view, press the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Esc&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key to return to either Print or Web Layout view.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Print Layout, you can use both the Zoom slider and the View Layout icons on the Status bar. In Web Layout, you can use the Zoom slider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View &amp;gt; Zoom&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the menu bar to display the Zoom &amp;amp; View Layout dialog box, where you can set the same options as on the Status bar. In Web Layout view, most of the choices are not available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Zoom3.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Choosing Zoom and View Layout options&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CCBY}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Writer Guide (Documentation)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/The_Writer_interface&amp;diff=176769</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Writer Guide/The Writer interface</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/The_Writer_interface&amp;diff=176769"/>
		<updated>2010-07-26T15:31:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:A &amp;#039;&amp;#039;interface&amp;#039;&amp;#039; do Writer}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[ru:PT/documentation/ooo3_user_guides/writer_guide/the_writer_interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/WG3IntroTOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevNext=block&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Starting Writer&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Using the Navigator&lt;br /&gt;
}}__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
A principal área de trabalho do Writer está mostrada abaixo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Writer3-main.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;The main Writer workspace in Print Layout view&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menus ==&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Barra de Menu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; está localizada sobre toda extensão do topo da janela do Writer, exatamente abaixo da Barra de Título. Quando você escolhe um dos menus, um submenu descerá para mostrar os comandos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Arquivo&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos que aplicam-se ao documento inteiro como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Abrir&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;,  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Salvar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Exportar como PDF...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Editar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para editar o documento tais como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Desfazer: xxx&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (onde xxx é o comando a ser desfeito) e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Localizar e Substituir...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Contém também comandos para &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;cortar, copiar e colar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; partes selecionadas de um documento.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Exibir&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para controlar a exibição de um documento tais como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Zoom...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Layout da Web&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Inserir&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para inserção de elementos dentro de seu documento como cabeçalhos, rodapés e figuras.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Formatar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos para formatação do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Layout&amp;#039;&amp;#039; de seu documento, tais como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Estilos e Formatação&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Parágrafo&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Marcadores e Numeração...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tabela&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; mostra todos os comandos para inserção e edição de uma tabela em um documento de texto.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ferramentas&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém funções como &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ortografia e Gramática...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Personalizar...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Opções...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Janela&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém comandos referente à visualização da Janela.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ajuda&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contém &amp;#039;&amp;#039;links&amp;#039;&amp;#039; para o arquivo de ajuda do OpenOffice.org, O que é isto?, e informação sobre o programa. Veja [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Writer_documents#Getting Help|Getting help]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Toolbars ==&lt;br /&gt;
Writer has several types of toolbars: docked, floating, and tear-off. Docked toolbars can be moved to different locations or made to float, and floating toolbars can be docked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The top docked toolbar (default position) is called the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Standard&amp;#039;&amp;#039; toolbar. The Standard toolbar is consistent across the OpenOffice.org applications(Writer, Calc, Draw, Impress, Base).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second toolbar across the top (default location) is the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Formatting&amp;#039;&amp;#039; toolbar. It is a context-sensitive bar that shows the relevant tools in response to the cursor’s current position or selection. For example, when the cursor is on a graphic, the Formatting bar provides tools for formatting graphics; when the cursor is in text, the tools are for formatting text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Displaying or hiding toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
To display or hide toolbars, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View &amp;gt; Toolbars&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, then click on the name of a toolbar in the list. An active toolbar shows a check mark beside its name. Tear-off toolbars are not listed in the View menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Submenus and tear-off toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
Toolbar icons with a small triangle to the right will display &amp;#039;&amp;#039;submenus, tear-off toolbars&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, and other ways of selecting things, depending on the icon. The image below shows a tear-off toolbar from the Drawing toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Tearoff-toolbars.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Example of a tear-off toolbar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tear-off toolbars can be floating or docked along an edge of the screen or in one of the existing toolbar areas. To move a floating tear-off toolbar, drag it by the title bar. See [[#Moving toolbars|Moving toolbars]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Moving toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
To move a docked toolbar, place the mouse pointer over the toolbar handle, hold down the left mouse button, drag the toolbar to the new location, and then release the mouse button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Undock-toolbar3.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moving a docked toolbar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To move a floating toolbar, click on its title bar and drag it to a new location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Floating-toolbar3.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moving a floating toolbar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Floating toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
Writer includes several additional context-sensitive toolbars, whose defaults appear as floating toolbars in response to the cursor’s current position or selection. For example, when the cursor is in a table, a floating &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Table&amp;#039;&amp;#039; toolbar appears, and when the cursor is in a numbered or bullet list, the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bullets and Numbering&amp;#039;&amp;#039; toolbar appears. You can dock these toolbars to the top, bottom, or side of the window, if you wish (see [[#Moving toolbars|Moving toolbars]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Docking/floating windows and toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
Toolbars and some windows, such as the Navigator and the Styles and Formatting window, are dockable. You can move, resize, or dock them to an edge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To dock a window, do one of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the title bar of the floating window and drag it to the side until you see the outline of a box appear in the main window and then release the window. This method depends on your system’s window manager settings, so it may not work for you.&lt;br /&gt;
* Hold down the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key and double-click on a vacant part of the floating window to dock it in its last position. If that does not work, try double-clicking without using the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: [[Image:Docking.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Docking a window&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To undock a window, hold down the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key and double-click on a vacant part of the docked window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/Note|The Styles and Formatting window can also be docked or undocked by using &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control+double-click&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the gray area next to the icons at the top of the window.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Customizing toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can customize toolbars in several ways, including choosing which icons are visible and locking the position of a docked toolbar. You can also add icons and create new toolbars, as described in [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Customizing_Writer|Chapter 17]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access a toolbar’s customization options, use the down-arrow at the end of the toolbar or on its title bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Custom-toolbars.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customizing toolbars&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To show or hide icons defined for the selected toolbar, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Visible Buttons&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the drop-down menu. Visible icons have a checkmark next to them. Click on icons to select or deselect them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Right-click (context) menus ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can quickly access many menu functions by right-clicking on a paragraph, graphic, or other object. A context menu will pop up. Often the context menu is the fastest and easiest way to reach a function. If you’re not sure where in the menus or toolbars a function is located, you can often find it by right-clicking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rulers ==&lt;br /&gt;
To show or hide rulers, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View &amp;gt; Ruler&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. To enable the vertical ruler, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tools &amp;gt; Options &amp;gt; OpenOffice.org Writer &amp;gt; View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Vertical ruler&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CH1_VerticalRuler.png|thumb|none|600px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turning on the vertical ruler&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Status bar ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Writer status bar provides information about the document and convenient ways to quickly change some document features. From left to right, the fields are as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:WriterStatusBar1.png|thumb|none|500px|Left end of status bar in Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:WriterStatusBar2.png|thumb|none|500px|Right end of status bar in Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Page number&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the current page number, the sequence number of the current page (if different), and the total number of pages in the document. For example, if you restarted page numbering at 1 on the third page, its page number is 1 and its sequence number is 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If any bookmarks have been defined in the document, a right-click on this field pops up a list of bookmarks; click on the required one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To jump to a specific page in the document, double-click in this field. The [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Using_the_Navigator|Navigator]] opens. Click in the Page Number field and type the required page number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Page style&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the style of the current page. To change the page style, right-click on this field. A list of page styles pops up; choose a different style by clicking on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit the page style, double-click on this field. The Page Style dialog box opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Language&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the language for the selected text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click to open a menu where you can choose another language for the selected text or for the paragraph where the cursor is located. You can also choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;None&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to exclude the text from spellchecking or choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;More...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to open the Character dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Insert mode&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click to toggle between &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Insert&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Overwrite&amp;#039;&amp;#039; modes when typing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Selection mode&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click to toggle between STD (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Standard&amp;#039;&amp;#039;), EXT (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Extend&amp;#039;&amp;#039;), ADD (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) and BLK (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Block&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) selection. EXT is an alternative to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Shift+click&amp;#039;&amp;#039; when selecting text. See [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Working_with_Text|Chapter 3 (Working with Text)]] for more information about ADD and BLK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Unsaved changes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An asterisk (*) appears here if changes to the document have not been saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Digital signature&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the document has been digitally signed, an icon [[Image:SecurePDFicon.png]] shows in this part of the Status bar. You can double-click the icon to view the certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Section or object information&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the cursor is on a section or object (such as a picture), information about that item appears in this field. Double-clicking in this area opens a relevant dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Object&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Information shown&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Dialog box opened&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Picture&lt;br /&gt;
| Size and position&lt;br /&gt;
| Format Picture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| List&amp;amp;nbsp;item&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
| Level and list style&lt;br /&gt;
| Bullets and Numbering (Note 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Heading&lt;br /&gt;
| Outline numbering level&lt;br /&gt;
| Bullets and Numbering (Note 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Table&lt;br /&gt;
| Name or number and cell reference of cursor&lt;br /&gt;
| Table Format&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section&lt;br /&gt;
| Name of section&lt;br /&gt;
| Edit Sections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Other&lt;br /&gt;
| (Blank)&lt;br /&gt;
| Fields (Cross References page)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Note 1: If a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;list style&amp;#039;&amp;#039; was used with a list item or heading, no dialog box appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View layout&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click an icon to change between single page, side-by-side, and book layout views. You can edit the document in any view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ViewLayouts.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View layouts: single, side-by-side, book&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Zoom&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the view magnification, drag the Zoom slider, or click on the + and – signs, or right-click on the zoom level percent to pop up a list of magnification values from which to choose. Zoom interacts with the selected view layout to determine how many pages are visible in the document window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ZoomSlider.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Changing document views =&lt;br /&gt;
Writer has several ways to view a document: Print Layout, Web Layout, and Full Screen. To access these and other choices, go to the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; menu and click on the required view. (When in Full Screen view, press the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Esc&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key to return to either Print or Web Layout view.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Print Layout, you can use both the Zoom slider and the View Layout icons on the Status bar. In Web Layout, you can use the Zoom slider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View &amp;gt; Zoom&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the menu bar to display the Zoom &amp;amp; View Layout dialog box, where you can set the same options as on the Status bar. In Web Layout view, most of the choices are not available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Zoom3.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Choosing Zoom and View Layout options&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CCBY}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Writer Guide (Documentation)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Starting_Writer&amp;diff=176606</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Writer Guide/Starting Writer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Starting_Writer&amp;diff=176606"/>
		<updated>2010-07-23T19:27:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Iniciando o Writer}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[ru:RU/documentation/ooo3_user_guides/writer_guide/starting_writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/WG3IntroTOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevNext=block&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Introducing Writer&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/The Writer interface&lt;br /&gt;
}}__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
Se você está lendo este documento no OpenOffice.org, você já sabe como iniciar o Writer. Mas, se esta é uma versão impressa ou uma versão em PDF, você pode não saber como iniciar o Writer. Assim permita-nos mostrar as três formas de fazê-lo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Através do menu do sistema&lt;br /&gt;
* Através de um documento existente&lt;br /&gt;
* Através da linha de comando&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Iniciando  através do menu do sistema ==&lt;br /&gt;
A forma mais comum de iniciar o Writer é usando o menu do sistema, o menu padrão de onde a maioria das aplicações são iniciadas. No Windows, ele é chamado de menu &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Iniciar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. No GNOME, ele é chamado de &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Aplicações&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. No KDE, ele é identificado pela logo do KDE. No Mac OS X, ele está no menu &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Aplicações&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quando o OpenOffice.org foi instalado no seu computador, na maioria dos casos, um menu de entrada para cada componente foi adicionado no menu do seu sistema. (Se você está usando Mac, veja nota abaixo) O nome exato e localização destes menus de entradas dependem do sistema operacional e do ambiente gráfico.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nota para Usuários do Mac ===&lt;br /&gt;
Você deve ver o ícone do OpenOffice.org na pasta de Aplicações. Quando você duplo-clica este ícone, um documento de texto abre no Writer. Para abrir outros componentes (Draw, Calc, Base, Impress) vá no Menu Arquivo do Writer e selecione o componente que você quer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OOo não coloca automaticamente um atalho na Área de Trabalho, mas você pode adicionar um se desejar. Se você não sabe como adicionar um ícone de atalho para lançar programas, por favor consulte a ajuda do seu sistema operacional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Iniciando a partir de um documento existente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Todos os documentos do Writer são associados com o aplicativo Writer. Isto significa que você pode iniciar o OpenOffice.org automaticamente, simplesmente dando um clique duplo em um documento do Writer no gerenciador de arquivos do Windows Explorer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Você pode reconhecer um documento do OpenOffice.org Writer através deste ícone: [[Image:Writer-icon.png]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nota para usuários Windows ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Se você tem documentos do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Microsoft Office&amp;#039;&amp;#039; associados com OOo, então quando você duplo-clicar um arquivo *.doc (Word), ele abrirá dentro do OOo Writer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Se você não associou este tipo de arquivo, então quando você duplo-clicar em um aquivo do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Microsoft Word&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, ele abrirá no &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Microsoft Word&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (se o Word estiver instalado no seu computador).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Você pode usar outro método para abrir arquivos *.doc dentro do OOo e salvá-lo como *.doc a partir do OOo. Veja [[#Opening an existing document|Opening an existing document]] para maiores informações.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Usando o atalho de inicialização do Windows ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O atalho  de inicialização é um ícone que é colocado no bandeja do sistema Windows durante a inicialização do sistema. Ele indica que o OpenOffice,org foi carregado e está pronto para uso. (O atalho de inicialização carregada os arquivos da biblioteca *.DLL requeridos pelo OOo, abreviando assim o tempo de inicialização dos componentes do OOo aproximadamente pela metade.) Se a inicialização rápida está desabilitada, veja [[#Reactivating the Quickstarter|Reativando a inicialização rápida]] se você quiser abilitá-la.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Usando o botão de inicialização rápida ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clique com o botão direito no ícone de &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;inicialização rápida&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; na bandeja do sistema para abrir o menu pop-up do qual você pode abrir um novo documento, abrir a caixa de diálogo de Modelos e Documentos, ou escolher abrir um documento existente. Você também dar um duplo-clique no ícone de &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;inicialização rápida&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; para mostrar a caixa de diálogo de Modelos e Documentos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Quickstart3-menu.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quickstarter pop-up menu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Desabilitando a inicialização rápida ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para fechar a inicialização rápida, clique com o botão direito do mouse no ícone da bandeja do sistema e então clique &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fechar Inicialização Rápida&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; no meu pop-up. A próxima vez que o computador reiniciar, a inicialização rápida será carregada novamente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para evitar que o OpenOffice.org carrega-a durante a inicialização do sistema, desmarque o item &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Carregar OpenOffice.org durante a inicialização do sistema&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; no menu pop-up. Você deve querer fazer isto se seu computador tem memória insuficiente, por exemplo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reativando a Inicialização rápida ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Se a inicialização rápida foi desabilitada, você pode reativá-la selecionando  a opção &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Carregar OpenOffice.org durante a inicialização do sistema&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; em &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ferramentas &amp;gt; Opções &amp;gt; OpenOffice.org &amp;gt; Memória&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Usando a Inicialização rápida no Linux ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Algumas instalações do OpenOffice.org no Linux têm também inicialização rápida que parece e atua como descrito acima no Windows (a opção na página de Memória é chamada &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ativar a inicialização rápida da bandeja do sistema&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Pré-carregando OOo no Linux/KDE ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No linux/KDE você pode usar KDocker para ter OOo carregado e pronto para uso na inicialização. KDocker não é parte do OOo; ele é genericamente um &amp;quot;aplicativo de bandeja de sistema&amp;quot; que é útil se você abre OOo frequentemente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Iniciando através da linha de comando ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Você pode querer iniciar o Writer através da linha de comando (usando o teclado ao invés do mouse). Por quê? Bem, usando a linha de comando você tem mais controle sobre o que acontece quando o Writer é iniciado. Por exemplo, usando a linha de comando, você pode chamar o Writer para carregar um documento e imprimi-lo imediatamente, ou iniciar sem mostrar a tela de abertura do OOo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/Note|A maioria dos usuários nunca precisará fazer isso.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Existe mais de uma forma de iniciar o Writer através da linha de comando, dependendo se você tem instalado uma versão customizada ou a versão padrão baixada do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;site&amp;#039;&amp;#039; do OOo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Se você instalou usando o &amp;#039;&amp;#039;download&amp;#039;&amp;#039; do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;site&amp;#039;&amp;#039; OOo, você pode iniciar o Writer digitando na linha de comando:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;soffice -writer&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ou&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;swriter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writer iniciará e criará um novo documento.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para ver a lista de opções que você pode usar, quando iniciar o Writer na linha de comando, digite:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;soffice -?&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abaixo está uma lista de algumas opções mais populares.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Opção&lt;br /&gt;
! Descrição&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-help&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Fornece uma lista completa de opções. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-nologo&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Não mostra a tela de inicialização.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-show &amp;lt;odp-file&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Inicia a apresentação imediatamente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-view&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;documents&amp;amp;nbsp;...&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Abre documentos no modo visualização (somente leitura).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-minimized&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Inicia o OOo minimizado.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-norestore&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Suprime reiniciar/recuparar depois de erros fatais.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-invisible&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Não exibe tela de inicialização, não abre o documento padrão e não &amp;#039;&amp;#039;UI&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Isto é útil para aplicações de terceiros que usam funcionalidade providas pelo OOo.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Se você tem uma versão customizada do OOo (como uma provida  pelo Linux Mandrake ou Gentoo), você pode iniciar o Writer digitando na linha de comando:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;oowriter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/Note|Embora a sintaxe da linha de comando ser diferente, o efeito é idêntico: ele iniciará o OOo com um documento em branco do Writer.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CCBY}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Writer Guide (Documentation)]]&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wmaltezo|Wmaltezo]] 20:44, 11 July 2010 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/The_Writer_interface&amp;diff=176605</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Writer Guide/The Writer interface</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/The_Writer_interface&amp;diff=176605"/>
		<updated>2010-07-23T19:02:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: Created page with &amp;#039;{{DISPLAYTITLE:A &amp;#039;&amp;#039;interface&amp;#039;&amp;#039; do Writer}} ru:PT/documentation/ooo3_user_guides/writer_guide/the_writer_interface {{Documentation/WG3IntroTOC |ShowPrevNext=block |PrevPage=PT…&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:A &amp;#039;&amp;#039;interface&amp;#039;&amp;#039; do Writer}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[ru:PT/documentation/ooo3_user_guides/writer_guide/the_writer_interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/WG3IntroTOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevNext=block&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Starting Writer&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Using the Navigator&lt;br /&gt;
}}__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
The main Writer workspace is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Writer3-main.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;The main Writer workspace in Print Layout view&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menus ==&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Menu bar&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is located across the top of the Writer window, just below the Title bar. When you choose one of the menus, a submenu drops down to show commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contains commands that apply to the entire document such as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Open...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Export as PDF....&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contains commands for editing the document such as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Undo: xxx&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (where &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;xxx&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is the command to undo) and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Find &amp;amp; Replace....&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; It also contains commands to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;cut, copy, and paste&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; selected parts of your document.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contains commands for controlling the display of the document such as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Zoom...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Web Layout&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Insert&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contains commands for inserting elements into your document such as headers, footers, and pictures.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Format&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contains commands for formatting the layout of your document, such as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Styles and Formatting&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Paragraph&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bullets and Numbering&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Table&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; shows all commands to insert and edit a table in a text document.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tools&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contains functions such as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Spelling and Grammar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customize...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Options....&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Window&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contains commands for the display window.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Help&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; contains links to the OpenOffice.org Help file, What’s This?, and information about the program. See  [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Writer_documents#Getting Help|Getting help]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Toolbars ==&lt;br /&gt;
Writer has several types of toolbars: docked, floating, and tear-off. Docked toolbars can be moved to different locations or made to float, and floating toolbars can be docked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The top docked toolbar (default position) is called the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Standard&amp;#039;&amp;#039; toolbar. The Standard toolbar is consistent across the OpenOffice.org applications(Writer, Calc, Draw, Impress, Base).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second toolbar across the top (default location) is the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Formatting&amp;#039;&amp;#039; toolbar. It is a context-sensitive bar that shows the relevant tools in response to the cursor’s current position or selection. For example, when the cursor is on a graphic, the Formatting bar provides tools for formatting graphics; when the cursor is in text, the tools are for formatting text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Displaying or hiding toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
To display or hide toolbars, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View &amp;gt; Toolbars&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, then click on the name of a toolbar in the list. An active toolbar shows a check mark beside its name. Tear-off toolbars are not listed in the View menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Submenus and tear-off toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
Toolbar icons with a small triangle to the right will display &amp;#039;&amp;#039;submenus, tear-off toolbars&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, and other ways of selecting things, depending on the icon. The image below shows a tear-off toolbar from the Drawing toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Tearoff-toolbars.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Example of a tear-off toolbar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tear-off toolbars can be floating or docked along an edge of the screen or in one of the existing toolbar areas. To move a floating tear-off toolbar, drag it by the title bar. See [[#Moving toolbars|Moving toolbars]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Moving toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
To move a docked toolbar, place the mouse pointer over the toolbar handle, hold down the left mouse button, drag the toolbar to the new location, and then release the mouse button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Undock-toolbar3.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moving a docked toolbar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To move a floating toolbar, click on its title bar and drag it to a new location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Floating-toolbar3.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moving a floating toolbar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Floating toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
Writer includes several additional context-sensitive toolbars, whose defaults appear as floating toolbars in response to the cursor’s current position or selection. For example, when the cursor is in a table, a floating &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Table&amp;#039;&amp;#039; toolbar appears, and when the cursor is in a numbered or bullet list, the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bullets and Numbering&amp;#039;&amp;#039; toolbar appears. You can dock these toolbars to the top, bottom, or side of the window, if you wish (see [[#Moving toolbars|Moving toolbars]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Docking/floating windows and toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
Toolbars and some windows, such as the Navigator and the Styles and Formatting window, are dockable. You can move, resize, or dock them to an edge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To dock a window, do one of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Click on the title bar of the floating window and drag it to the side until you see the outline of a box appear in the main window and then release the window. This method depends on your system’s window manager settings, so it may not work for you.&lt;br /&gt;
* Hold down the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key and double-click on a vacant part of the floating window to dock it in its last position. If that does not work, try double-clicking without using the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: [[Image:Docking.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Docking a window&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To undock a window, hold down the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key and double-click on a vacant part of the docked window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/Note|The Styles and Formatting window can also be docked or undocked by using &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Control+double-click&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the gray area next to the icons at the top of the window.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Customizing toolbars ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can customize toolbars in several ways, including choosing which icons are visible and locking the position of a docked toolbar. You can also add icons and create new toolbars, as described in [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Customizing_Writer|Chapter 17]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access a toolbar’s customization options, use the down-arrow at the end of the toolbar or on its title bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Custom-toolbars.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customizing toolbars&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To show or hide icons defined for the selected toolbar, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Visible Buttons&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the drop-down menu. Visible icons have a checkmark next to them. Click on icons to select or deselect them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Right-click (context) menus ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can quickly access many menu functions by right-clicking on a paragraph, graphic, or other object. A context menu will pop up. Often the context menu is the fastest and easiest way to reach a function. If you’re not sure where in the menus or toolbars a function is located, you can often find it by right-clicking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rulers ==&lt;br /&gt;
To show or hide rulers, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View &amp;gt; Ruler&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. To enable the vertical ruler, choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tools &amp;gt; Options &amp;gt; OpenOffice.org Writer &amp;gt; View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Vertical ruler&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CH1_VerticalRuler.png|thumb|none|600px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turning on the vertical ruler&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Status bar ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Writer status bar provides information about the document and convenient ways to quickly change some document features. From left to right, the fields are as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:WriterStatusBar1.png|thumb|none|500px|Left end of status bar in Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:WriterStatusBar2.png|thumb|none|500px|Right end of status bar in Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Page number&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the current page number, the sequence number of the current page (if different), and the total number of pages in the document. For example, if you restarted page numbering at 1 on the third page, its page number is 1 and its sequence number is 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If any bookmarks have been defined in the document, a right-click on this field pops up a list of bookmarks; click on the required one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To jump to a specific page in the document, double-click in this field. The [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Using_the_Navigator|Navigator]] opens. Click in the Page Number field and type the required page number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Page style&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the style of the current page. To change the page style, right-click on this field. A list of page styles pops up; choose a different style by clicking on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit the page style, double-click on this field. The Page Style dialog box opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Language&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shows the language for the selected text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click to open a menu where you can choose another language for the selected text or for the paragraph where the cursor is located. You can also choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;None&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to exclude the text from spellchecking or choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;More...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to open the Character dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Insert mode&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click to toggle between &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Insert&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Overwrite&amp;#039;&amp;#039; modes when typing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Selection mode&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click to toggle between STD (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Standard&amp;#039;&amp;#039;), EXT (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Extend&amp;#039;&amp;#039;), ADD (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) and BLK (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Block&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) selection. EXT is an alternative to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Shift+click&amp;#039;&amp;#039; when selecting text. See [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Working_with_Text|Chapter 3 (Working with Text)]] for more information about ADD and BLK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Unsaved changes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An asterisk (*) appears here if changes to the document have not been saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Digital signature&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the document has been digitally signed, an icon [[Image:SecurePDFicon.png]] shows in this part of the Status bar. You can double-click the icon to view the certificate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Section or object information&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the cursor is on a section or object (such as a picture), information about that item appears in this field. Double-clicking in this area opens a relevant dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Object&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Information shown&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Dialog box opened&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Picture&lt;br /&gt;
| Size and position&lt;br /&gt;
| Format Picture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| List&amp;amp;nbsp;item&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&lt;br /&gt;
| Level and list style&lt;br /&gt;
| Bullets and Numbering (Note 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Heading&lt;br /&gt;
| Outline numbering level&lt;br /&gt;
| Bullets and Numbering (Note 1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Table&lt;br /&gt;
| Name or number and cell reference of cursor&lt;br /&gt;
| Table Format&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section&lt;br /&gt;
| Name of section&lt;br /&gt;
| Edit Sections&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Other&lt;br /&gt;
| (Blank)&lt;br /&gt;
| Fields (Cross References page)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Note 1: If a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;list style&amp;#039;&amp;#039; was used with a list item or heading, no dialog box appears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View layout&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click an icon to change between single page, side-by-side, and book layout views. You can edit the document in any view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ViewLayouts.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View layouts: single, side-by-side, book&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Zoom&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the view magnification, drag the Zoom slider, or click on the + and – signs, or right-click on the zoom level percent to pop up a list of magnification values from which to choose. Zoom interacts with the selected view layout to determine how many pages are visible in the document window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ZoomSlider.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Changing document views =&lt;br /&gt;
Writer has several ways to view a document: Print Layout, Web Layout, and Full Screen. To access these and other choices, go to the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; menu and click on the required view. (When in Full Screen view, press the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Esc&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key to return to either Print or Web Layout view.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Print Layout, you can use both the Zoom slider and the View Layout icons on the Status bar. In Web Layout, you can use the Zoom slider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View &amp;gt; Zoom&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; from the menu bar to display the Zoom &amp;amp; View Layout dialog box, where you can set the same options as on the Status bar. In Web Layout view, most of the choices are not available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Zoom3.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Choosing Zoom and View Layout options&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CCBY}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Writer Guide (Documentation)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Starting_Writer&amp;diff=176210</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Writer Guide/Starting Writer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Starting_Writer&amp;diff=176210"/>
		<updated>2010-07-20T15:26:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Iniciando o Writer}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[ru:RU/documentation/ooo3_user_guides/writer_guide/starting_writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/WG3IntroTOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevNext=block&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Introducing Writer&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/The Writer interface&lt;br /&gt;
}}__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
Se você está lendo este documento no OpenOffice.org, você já sabe como iniciar o Writer. Mas, se esta é uma versão impressa ou uma versão em PDF, você pode não saber como iniciar o Writer. Assim permita-nos mostrar as três formas de fazê-lo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Através do menu do sistema&lt;br /&gt;
* Através de um documento existente&lt;br /&gt;
* Através da linha de comando&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Iniciando  através do menu do sistema ==&lt;br /&gt;
A forma mais comum de iniciar o Writer é usando o menu do sistema, o menu padrão de onde a maioria das aplicações são iniciadas. No Windows, ele é chamado de menu &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Iniciar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. No GNOME, ele é chamado de &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Aplicações&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. No KDE, ele é identificado pela logo do KDE. No Mac OS X, ele está no menu &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Aplicações&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quando o OpenOffice.org foi instalado no seu computador, na maioria dos casos, um menu de entrada para cada componente foi adicionado no menu do seu sistema. (Se você está usando Mac, veja nota abaixo) O nome exato e localização destes menus de entradas dependem do sistema operacional e do ambiente gráfico.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nota para Usuário da Mac ===&lt;br /&gt;
Você deve ver o ícone do OpenOffice.org na pasta de Aplicações. Quando você duplo-clica este ícone, um documento de texto abre no Writer. Para abrir outros componentes (Draw, Calc, Base, Impress) vá no Menu Arquivo do Writer e selecione o componente que você quer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OOo não coloca automaticamente um atalho na Área de Trabalho, mas você pode adicionar um se desejar. Se você não sabe como adicionar um ícone de atalho para lançar programas, por favor consulte a ajuda do seu sistema operacional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Iniciando a partir de um documento existente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Todos os documentos do Writer são associados com o aplicativo Writer. Isto significa que você pode iniciar o OpenOffice.org automaticamente, simplesmente dando um clique duplo em um documento do Writer no gerenciador de arquivos do Windows Explorer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Você pode reconhecer um documento do OpenOffice.org Writer através deste ícone: [[Image:Writer-icon.png]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nota para usuários Windows ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Se você tem documentos do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Microsoft Office&amp;#039;&amp;#039; associados com OOo, então quando você duplo-clicar um arquivo *.doc (Word), ele abrirá dentro do OOo Writer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Se você não associou este tipo de arquivo, então quando você duplo-clicar em um aquivo do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Microsoft Word&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, ele abrirá no &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Microsoft Word&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (se o Word estiver instalado no seu computador).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Você pode usar outro método para abrir arquivos *.doc dentro do OOo e salvá-lo como *.doc a partir do OOo. Veja [[#Opening an existing document|Opening an existing document]] para maiores informações.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Usando o atalho de inicialização do Windows ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O atalho  de inicialização é um ícone que é colocado no bandeja do sistema Windows durante a inicialização do sistema. Ele indica que o OpenOffice,org foi carregado e está pronto para uso. (O atalho de inicialização carregada os arquivos da biblioteca *.DLL requeridos pelo OOo, abreviando assim o tempo de inicialização dos componentes do OOo aproximadamente pela metade.) Se a inicialização rápida está desabilitada, veja [[#Reactivating the Quickstarter|Reativando a inicialização rápida]] se você quiser abilitá-la.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Usando o botão de inicialização rápida ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clique com o botão direito no ícone de &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;inicialização rápida&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; na bandeja do sistema para abrir o menu pop-up do qual você pode abrir um novo documento, abrir a caixa de diálogo de Modelos e Documentos, ou escolher abrir um documento existente. Você também dar um duplo-clique no ícone de &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;inicialização rápida&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; para mostrar a caixa de diálogo de Modelos e Documentos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Quickstart3-menu.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quickstarter pop-up menu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Desabilitando a inicialização rápida ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para fechar a inicialização rápida, clique com o botão direito do mouse no ícone da bandeja do sistema e então clique &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fechar Inicialização Rápida&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; no meu pop-up. A próxima vez que o computador reiniciar, a inicialização rápida será carregada novamente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para evitar que o OpenOffice.org carrega-a durante a inicialização do sistema, desmarque o item &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Carregar OpenOffice.org durante a inicialização do sistema&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; no menu pop-up. Você deve querer fazer isto se seu computador tem memória insuficiente, por exemplo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reativando a Inicialização rápida ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Se a inicialização rápida foi desabilitada, você pode reativá-la selecionando  a opção &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Carregar OpenOffice.org durante a inicialização do sistema&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; em &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ferramentas &amp;gt; Opções &amp;gt; OpenOffice.org &amp;gt; Memória&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Usando a Inicialização rápida no Linux ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Algumas instalações do OpenOffice.org no Linux têm também inicialização rápida que parece e atua como descrito acima no Windows (a opção na página de Memória é chamada &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ativar a inicialização rápida da bandeja do sistema&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Pré-carregando OOo no Linux/KDE ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No linux/KDE você pode usar KDocker para ter OOo carregado e pronto para uso na inicialização. KDocker não é parte do OOo; ele é genericamente um &amp;quot;aplicativo de bandeja de sistema&amp;quot; que é útil se você abre OOo frequentemente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Iniciando através da linha de comando ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Você pode querer iniciar o Writer através da linha de comando (usando o teclado ao invés do mouse). Por quê? Bem, usando a linha de comando você tem mais controle sobre o que acontece quando o Writer é iniciado. Por exemplo, usando a linha de comando, você pode chamar o Writer para carregar um documento e imprimi-lo imediatamente, ou iniciar sem mostrar a tela de abertura do OOo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/Note|A maioria dos usuários nunca precisará fazer isso.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Existe mais de uma forma de iniciar o Writer através da linha de comando, dependendo se você tem instalado uma versão customizada ou a versão padrão baixada do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;site&amp;#039;&amp;#039; do OOo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Se você instalou usando o &amp;#039;&amp;#039;download&amp;#039;&amp;#039; do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;site&amp;#039;&amp;#039; OOo, você pode iniciar o Writer digitando na linha de comando:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;soffice -writer&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ou&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;swriter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writer iniciará e criará um novo documento.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para ver a lista de opções que você pode usar, quando iniciar o Writer na linha de comando, digite:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;soffice -?&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abaixo está uma lista de algumas opções mais populares.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Opção&lt;br /&gt;
! Descrição&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-help&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Fornece uma lista completa de opções. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-nologo&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Não mostra a tela de inicialização.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-show &amp;lt;odp-file&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Inicia a apresentação imediatamente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-view&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;documents&amp;amp;nbsp;...&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Abre documentos no modo visualização (somente leitura).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-minimized&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Inicia o OOo minimizado.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-norestore&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Suprime reiniciar/recuparar depois de erros fatais.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-invisible&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Não exibe tela de inicialização, não abre o documento padrão e não &amp;#039;&amp;#039;UI&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Isto é útil para aplicações de terceiros que usam funcionalidade providas pelo OOo.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Se você tem uma versão customizada do OOo (como uma provida  pelo Linux Mandrake ou Gentoo), você pode iniciar o Writer digitando na linha de comando:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;oowriter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/Note|Embora a sintaxe da linha de comando ser diferente, o efeito é idêntico: ele iniciará o OOo com um documento em branco do Writer.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CCBY}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Writer Guide (Documentation)]]&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wmaltezo|Wmaltezo]] 20:44, 11 July 2010 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Starting_Writer&amp;diff=176102</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Writer Guide/Starting Writer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Starting_Writer&amp;diff=176102"/>
		<updated>2010-07-19T17:02:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Iniciando o Writer}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[ru:RU/documentation/ooo3_user_guides/writer_guide/starting_writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/WG3IntroTOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevNext=block&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Introducing Writer&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/The Writer interface&lt;br /&gt;
}}__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
Se você está lendo este documento no OpenOffice.org, você já sabe como iniciar o Writer. Mas, se esta é uma versão impressa ou uma versão em PDF, você pode não saber como iniciar o Writer. Assim permita-nos mostrar as três formas de fazê-lo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Através do menu do sistema&lt;br /&gt;
* Através de um documento existente&lt;br /&gt;
* Através da linha de comando&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Iniciando  através do menu do sistema ==&lt;br /&gt;
A forma mais comum de iniciar o Writer é usando o menu do sistema, o menu padrão de onde a maioria das aplicações são iniciadas. No Windows, ele é chamado de menu &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Iniciar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. No GNOME, ele é chamado de &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Aplicações&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. No KDE, ele é identificado pela logo do KDE. No Mac OS X, ele está no menu &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Aplicações&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quando o OpenOffice.org foi instalado no seu computador, na maioria dos casos, um menu de entrada para cada componente foi adicionado no menu do seu sistema. (Se você está usando Mac, veja nota abaixo) O nome exato e localização destes menus de entradas dependem do sistema operacional e do ambiente gráfico.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nota para Usuário da Mac ===&lt;br /&gt;
Você deve ver o ícone do OpenOffice.org na pasta de Aplicações. Quando você duplo-clica este ícone, um documento de texto abre no Writer. Para abrir outros componentes (Draw, Calc, Base, Impress) vá no Menu Arquivo do Writer e selecione o componente que você quer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OOo não coloca automaticamente um atalho na Área de Trabalho, mas você pode adicionar um se desejar. Se você não sabe como adicionar um ícone de atalho para lançar programas, por favor consulte a ajuda do seu sistema operacional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Iniciando a partir de um documento existente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Todos os documentos do Writer são associados com o aplicativo Writer. Isto significa que você pode iniciar o OpenOffice.org automaticamente, simplesmente dando um clique duplo em um documento do Writer no gerenciador de arquivos do Windows Explorer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Você pode reconhecer um documento do OpenOffice.org Writer através deste ícone: [[Image:Writer-icon.png]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nota para usuários Windows ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Se você tem documentos do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Microsoft Office&amp;#039;&amp;#039; associados com OOo, então quando você duplo-clicar um arquivo *.doc (Word), ele abrirá dentro do OOo Writer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Se você não associou este tipo de arquivo, então quando você duplo-clicar em um aquivo do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Microsoft Word&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, ele abrirá no &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Microsoft Word&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (se o Word estiver instalado no seu computador).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Você pode usar outro método para abrir arquivos *.doc dentro do OOo e salvá-lo como *.doc a partir do OOo. Veja [[#Opening an existing document|Opening an existing document]] para maiores informações.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Usando o atalho de inicialização do Windows ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O atalho  de inicialização é um ícone que é colocado no bandeja do sistema Windows durante a inicialização do sistema. Ele indica que o OpenOffice,org foi carregado e está pronto para uso. (O atalho de inicialização carregada os arquivos da biblioteca *.DLL requeridos pelo OOo, abreviando assim o tempo de inicialização dos componentes do OOo aproximadamente pela metade.) Se a inicialização rápida está desabilitada, veja [[#Reactivating the Quickstarter|Reativando a inicialização rápida]] se você quiser abilitá-la.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Usando o botão de inicialização rápida ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clique com o botão direito no ícone de &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;inicialização rápida&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; na bandeja do sistema para abrir o menu pop-up do qual você pode abrir um novo documento, abrir a caixa de diálogo de Modelos e Documentos, ou escolher abrir um documento existente. Você também dar um duplo-clique no ícone de &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;inicialização rápida&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; para mostrar a caixa de diálogo de Modelos e Documentos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Quickstart3-menu.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quickstarter pop-up menu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Desabilitando a inicialização rápida ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para fechar a inicialização rápida, clique com o botão direito do mouse no ícone da bandeja do sistema e então clique &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fechar Inicialização Rápida&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; no meu pop-up. A próxima vez que o computador reiniciar, a inicialização rápida será carregada novamente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para evitar que o OpenOffice.org carrega-a durante a inicialização do sistema, desmarque o item &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Carregar OpenOffice.org durante a inicialização do sistema&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; no menu pop-up. Você deve querer fazer isto se seu computador tem memória insuficiente, por exemplo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reativando a Inicialização rápida ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Se a inicialização rápida foi desabilitada, você pode reativá-la selecionando  a opção &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Carregar OpenOffice.org durante a inicialização do sistema&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; em &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ferramentas &amp;gt; Opções &amp;gt; OpenOffice.org &amp;gt; Memória&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Usando a Inicialização rápida no Linux ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Algumas instalações do OpenOffice.org no Linux têm também inicialização rápida que parece e atua como descrito acima no Windows (a opção na página de Memória é chamada &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ativar a inicialização rápida da bandeja do sistema&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Pré-carregando OOo no Linux/KDE ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No linux/KDE você pode usar KDocker para ter OOo carregado e pronto para uso na inicialização. KDocker não é parte do OOo; ele é genericamente um &amp;quot;aplicativo de bandeja de sistema&amp;quot; que é útil se você abre OOo frequentemente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting from the command line ==&lt;br /&gt;
You may want to start Writer from the command line (using the keyboard instead of the mouse). Why? Well, by using the command line, you have more control over what happens when Writer is started. For example, using the command line, you can tell Writer to load a document and print it immediately, or to start without showing the splash screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/Note|Most users will never need to do this.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is more than one way to start Writer from the command line, depending on whether you have installed a customized version or the standard download from the OOo web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you installed using the download on the OOo web site, you can start Writer by typing at the command line:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;soffice -writer&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;swriter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writer will start and create a new document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see a list of options you can use when starting Writer at the command line, type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;soffice -?&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a list of some of the more popular options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Option&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-help&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Get a complete list of options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-nologo&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Do not show the startup screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-show &amp;lt;odp-file&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Start presentation immediately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-view&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;documents&amp;amp;nbsp;...&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Open documents in viewer (read-only) mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-minimized&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Start OOo minimized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-norestore&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Suppress restart/restore after fatal errors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-invisible&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| No startup screen, no default document and no UI. This is useful for third-party applications that use functionality provided by OOo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a customized version of OOo (such as the one provided by Linux Mandrake or Gentoo), you can start Writer by typing at the command line:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;oowriter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/Note|Although the command syntax differs, the effect is identical: it starts OOo with an empty Writer document.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CCBY}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Writer Guide (Documentation)]]&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wmaltezo|Wmaltezo]] 20:44, 11 July 2010 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Starting_Writer&amp;diff=175562</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Writer Guide/Starting Writer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Starting_Writer&amp;diff=175562"/>
		<updated>2010-07-16T19:33:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Iniciando o Writer}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[ru:RU/documentation/ooo3_user_guides/writer_guide/starting_writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/WG3IntroTOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevNext=block&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Introducing Writer&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/The Writer interface&lt;br /&gt;
}}__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
Se você está lendo este documento no OpenOffice.org, você já sabe como iniciar o Writer. Mas, se esta é uma versão impressa ou uma versão em PDF, você pode não saber como iniciar o Writer. Assim permita-nos mostrar as três formas de fazê-lo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Através do menu do sistema&lt;br /&gt;
* Através de um documento existente&lt;br /&gt;
* Através da linha de comando&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Iniciando  através do menu do sistema ==&lt;br /&gt;
A forma mais comum de iniciar o Writer é usando o menu do sistema, o menu padrão de onde a maioria das aplicações são iniciadas. No Windows, ele é chamado de menu &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Iniciar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. No GNOME, ele é chamado de &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Aplicações&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. No KDE, ele é identificado pela logo do KDE. No Mac OS X, ele está no menu &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Aplicações&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quando o OpenOffice.org foi instalado no seu computador, na maioria dos casos, um menu de entrada para cada componente foi adicionado no menu do seu sistema. (Se você está usando Mac, veja nota abaixo) O nome exato e localização destes menus de entradas dependem do sistema operacional e do ambiente gráfico.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nota para Usuário da Mac ===&lt;br /&gt;
Você deve ver o ícone do OpenOffice.org na pasta de Aplicações. Quando você duplo-clica este ícone, um documento de texto abre no Writer. Para abrir outros componentes (Draw, Calc, Base, Impress) vá no Menu Arquivo do Writer e selecione o componente que você quer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OOo não coloca automaticamente um atalho na Área de Trabalho, mas você pode adicionar um se desejar. Se você não sabe como adicionar um ícone de atalho para lançar programas, por favor consulte a ajuda do seu sistema operacional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Iniciando a partir de um documento existente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Todos os documentos do Writer são associados com o aplicativo Writer. Isto significa que você pode iniciar o OpenOffice.org automaticamente, simplesmente dando um clique duplo em um documento do Writer no gerenciador de arquivos do Windows Explorer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Você pode reconhecer um documento do OpenOffice.org Writer através deste ícone: [[Image:Writer-icon.png]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nota para usuários Windows ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Se você tem documentos do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Microsoft Office&amp;#039;&amp;#039; associados com OOo, então quando você duplo-clicar um arquivo *.doc (Word), ele abrirá dentro do OOo Writer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Se você não associou este tipo de arquivo, então quando você duplo-clicar em um aquivo do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Microsoft Word&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, ele abrirá no &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Microsoft Word&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (se o Word estiver instalado no seu computador).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Você pode usar outro método para abrir arquivos *.doc dentro do OOo e salvá-lo como *.doc a partir do OOo. Veja [[#Opening an existing document|Opening an existing document]] para maiores informações.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Usando o atalho de inicialização do Windows ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O atalho  de inicialização é um ícone que é colocado no bandeja do sistema Windows durante a inicialização do sistema. Ele indica que o OpenOffice,org foi carregado e está pronto para uso. (O atalho de inicialização carregada os arquivos da biblioteca *.DLL requeridos pelo OOo, abreviando assim o tempo de inicialização dos componentes do OOo aproximadamente pela metade.) Se a inicialização rápida está desabilitada, veja [[#Reactivating the Quickstarter|Reativando a inicialização rápida]] se você quiser abilitá-la.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Usando o botão de inicialização rápida ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clique com o botão direito no ícone de &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;inicialização rápida&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; na bandeja do sistema para abrir o menu pop-up do qual você pode abrir um novo documento, abrir a caixa de diálogo de Modelos e Documentos, ou escolher abrir um documento existente. Você também dar um duplo-clique no no ícone de &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;inicialização rápida&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; para mostrar a caixa de diálogo de Modelos e Documentos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Quickstart3-menu.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quickstarter pop-up menu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Disabling the Quickstarter ===&lt;br /&gt;
To close the Quickstarter, right-click on the icon in the system tray and then click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Exit Quickstarter&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the pop-up menu. The next time the computer is restarted, the Quickstarter will be loaded again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To prevent OpenOffice.org from loading during system startup, deselect the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Load OpenOffice.org During System Start-Up&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; item on the pop-up menu. You might want to do this if your computer has insufficient memory, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactivating the Quickstarter ===&lt;br /&gt;
If the Quickstarter has been disabled, you can reactivate it by selecting the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Load OpenOffice.org during system start-up&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; option in &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tools &amp;gt; Options &amp;gt; OpenOffice.org &amp;gt; Memory&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the Quickstarter under Linux ==&lt;br /&gt;
Some installations of OpenOffice.org under Linux have a Quickstarter that looks and acts like the one described above for Windows (the option on the Memory page is labelled &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Enable systray quickstarter&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preloading OOo under Linux/KDE ==&lt;br /&gt;
In Linux/KDE, you can use KDocker to have OOo loaded and ready for use at startup. KDocker is not part of OOo; it is a generic “systray app docker” that is helpful if you open OOo often.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting from the command line ==&lt;br /&gt;
You may want to start Writer from the command line (using the keyboard instead of the mouse). Why? Well, by using the command line, you have more control over what happens when Writer is started. For example, using the command line, you can tell Writer to load a document and print it immediately, or to start without showing the splash screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/Note|Most users will never need to do this.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is more than one way to start Writer from the command line, depending on whether you have installed a customized version or the standard download from the OOo web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you installed using the download on the OOo web site, you can start Writer by typing at the command line:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;soffice -writer&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;swriter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writer will start and create a new document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see a list of options you can use when starting Writer at the command line, type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;soffice -?&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a list of some of the more popular options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Option&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-help&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Get a complete list of options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-nologo&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Do not show the startup screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-show &amp;lt;odp-file&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Start presentation immediately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-view&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;documents&amp;amp;nbsp;...&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Open documents in viewer (read-only) mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-minimized&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Start OOo minimized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-norestore&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Suppress restart/restore after fatal errors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-invisible&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| No startup screen, no default document and no UI. This is useful for third-party applications that use functionality provided by OOo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a customized version of OOo (such as the one provided by Linux Mandrake or Gentoo), you can start Writer by typing at the command line:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;oowriter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/Note|Although the command syntax differs, the effect is identical: it starts OOo with an empty Writer document.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CCBY}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Writer Guide (Documentation)]]&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wmaltezo|Wmaltezo]] 20:44, 11 July 2010 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Starting_Writer&amp;diff=174886</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Writer Guide/Starting Writer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Starting_Writer&amp;diff=174886"/>
		<updated>2010-07-12T23:08:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Iniciando o Writer}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[ru:RU/documentation/ooo3_user_guides/writer_guide/starting_writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/WG3IntroTOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevNext=block&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Introducing Writer&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/The Writer interface&lt;br /&gt;
}}__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
Se você está lendo este documento no OpenOffice.org, você já sabe como iniciar o Writer. Mas, se esta é uma versão impressa ou uma versão em PDF, você pode não saber como iniciar o Writer. Assim permita-nos mostrar as três formas de fazê-lo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Através do menu do sistema&lt;br /&gt;
* Através de um documento existente&lt;br /&gt;
* Através da linha de comando&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Iniciando  através do menu do sistema ==&lt;br /&gt;
A forma mais comum de iniciar o Writer é usando o menu do sistema, o menu padrão de onde a maioria das aplicações são iniciadas. No Windows, ele é chamado de menu &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Iniciar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. No GNOME, ele é chamado de &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Aplicações&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. No KDE, ele é identificado pela logo do KDE. No Mac OS X, ele está no menu &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Aplicações&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quando o OpenOffice.org foi instalado no seu computador, na maioria dos casos, um menu de entrada para cada componente foi adicionado no menu do seu sistema. (Se você está usando Mac, veja nota abaixo) O nome exato e localização destes menus de entradas dependem do sistema operacional e do ambiente gráfico.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nota para Usuário da Mac ===&lt;br /&gt;
Você deve ver o ícone do OpenOffice.org na pasta de Aplicações. Quando você duplo-clica este ícone, um documento de texto abre no Writer. Para abrir outros componentes (Draw, Calc, Base, Impress) vá no Menu Arquivo do Writer e selecione o componente que você quer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OOo não coloca automaticamente um atalho na Área de Trabalho, mas você pode adicionar um se desejar. Se você não sabe como adicionar um ícone de atalho para lançar programas, por favor consulte a ajuda do seu sistema operacional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Iniciando a partir de um documento existente ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Todos os documentos do Writer são associados com o aplicativo Writer. Isto significa que você pode iniciar o OpenOffice.org automaticamente, simplesmente dando um clique duplo em um documento do Writer no gerenciador de arquivos do Windows Explorer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Você pode reconhecer um documento do OpenOffice.org Writer através deste ícone: [[Image:Writer-icon.png]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nota para usuários Windows ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Se você tem documentos do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Microsoft Office&amp;#039;&amp;#039; associados com OOo, então quando você duplo-clicar um arquivo *.doc (Word), ele abrirá dentro do OOo Writer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Se você não associou este tipo de arquivo, então quando você duplo-clicar em um aquivo do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Microsoft Word&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, ele abrirá no &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Microsoft Word&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (se o Word estiver instalado no seu computador).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Você pode usar outro método para abrir arquivos *.doc dentro do OOo e salvá-lo como *.doc a partir do OOo. Veja [[#Opening an existing document|Opening an existing document]] para maiores informações.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the Quickstarter under Windows ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Quickstarter is an icon that is placed in the Windows system tray during system startup. It indicates that OpenOffice.org has been loaded and is ready to use. (The Quickstarter loads library *.DLL files required by OOo, thus shortening the startup time for OOo components by about half.) If the Quickstarter is disabled, see [[#Reactivating the Quickstarter|Reactivating the Quickstarter]] if you want to enable it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Using the Quickstarter icon ===&lt;br /&gt;
Right-click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quickstarter&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icon in the system tray to open a pop-up menu from which you can open a new document, open the Templates and Documents dialog box, or choose an existing document to open. You can also double-click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quickstarter&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icon to display the Templates and Documents dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Quickstart3-menu.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quickstarter pop-up menu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Disabling the Quickstarter ===&lt;br /&gt;
To close the Quickstarter, right-click on the icon in the system tray and then click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Exit Quickstarter&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the pop-up menu. The next time the computer is restarted, the Quickstarter will be loaded again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To prevent OpenOffice.org from loading during system startup, deselect the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Load OpenOffice.org During System Start-Up&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; item on the pop-up menu. You might want to do this if your computer has insufficient memory, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactivating the Quickstarter ===&lt;br /&gt;
If the Quickstarter has been disabled, you can reactivate it by selecting the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Load OpenOffice.org during system start-up&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; option in &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tools &amp;gt; Options &amp;gt; OpenOffice.org &amp;gt; Memory&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the Quickstarter under Linux ==&lt;br /&gt;
Some installations of OpenOffice.org under Linux have a Quickstarter that looks and acts like the one described above for Windows (the option on the Memory page is labelled &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Enable systray quickstarter&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preloading OOo under Linux/KDE ==&lt;br /&gt;
In Linux/KDE, you can use KDocker to have OOo loaded and ready for use at startup. KDocker is not part of OOo; it is a generic “systray app docker” that is helpful if you open OOo often.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting from the command line ==&lt;br /&gt;
You may want to start Writer from the command line (using the keyboard instead of the mouse). Why? Well, by using the command line, you have more control over what happens when Writer is started. For example, using the command line, you can tell Writer to load a document and print it immediately, or to start without showing the splash screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/Note|Most users will never need to do this.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is more than one way to start Writer from the command line, depending on whether you have installed a customized version or the standard download from the OOo web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you installed using the download on the OOo web site, you can start Writer by typing at the command line:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;soffice -writer&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;swriter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writer will start and create a new document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see a list of options you can use when starting Writer at the command line, type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;soffice -?&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a list of some of the more popular options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Option&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-help&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Get a complete list of options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-nologo&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Do not show the startup screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-show &amp;lt;odp-file&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Start presentation immediately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-view&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;documents&amp;amp;nbsp;...&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Open documents in viewer (read-only) mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-minimized&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Start OOo minimized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-norestore&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Suppress restart/restore after fatal errors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-invisible&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| No startup screen, no default document and no UI. This is useful for third-party applications that use functionality provided by OOo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a customized version of OOo (such as the one provided by Linux Mandrake or Gentoo), you can start Writer by typing at the command line:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;oowriter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/Note|Although the command syntax differs, the effect is identical: it starts OOo with an empty Writer document.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CCBY}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Writer Guide (Documentation)]]&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wmaltezo|Wmaltezo]] 20:44, 11 July 2010 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Starting_Writer&amp;diff=174767</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Writer Guide/Starting Writer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Starting_Writer&amp;diff=174767"/>
		<updated>2010-07-12T03:55:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Iniciando o Writer}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[ru:RU/documentation/ooo3_user_guides/writer_guide/starting_writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/WG3IntroTOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevNext=block&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Introducing Writer&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/The Writer interface&lt;br /&gt;
}}__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
Se você está lendo este documento no OpenOffice.org, você já sabe como iniciar o Writer. Mas, se esta é uma versão impressa ou uma versão em PDF, você pode não saber como iniciar o Writer. Assim permita-nos mostrar as três formas de fazê-lo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Através do menu do sistema&lt;br /&gt;
* Através de um documento existente&lt;br /&gt;
* Através da linha de comando&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Iniciando  através do menu do sistema ==&lt;br /&gt;
A forma mais comum de iniciar o Writer é usando o menu do sistema, o menu padrão de onde a maioria das aplicações são iniciadas. No Windows, ele é chamado de menu &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Iniciar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. No GNOME, ele é chamado de &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Aplicações&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. No KDE, ele é identificado pela logo do KDE. No Mac OS X, ele está no menu &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Aplicações&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quando o OpenOffice.org foi instalado no seu computador, em muitos um menu de entrada para cada componente foi adicionado para o menu do seu sistema. (Se você está usando Mac, veja nota abaixo) O nome exato e localização destes menus de entradas depende do sistema operacional e do ambiente gráfico.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When OpenOffice.org was installed on your computer, in most cases a menu entry for each component was added to your system menu. (If you are using a Mac, see note below.) The exact name and location of these menu entries depends on the operating system and graphical environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Note for Mac users ===&lt;br /&gt;
You should see the OpenOffice.org icon in the Applications folder. When you double-click this icon, a text document opens in Writer. To open the other components (Draw, Calc, Impress, Base), go to the File menu of the Writer window and select the component you want.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OOo does not automatically put a shortcut icon on the desktop, but you can add one if you wish. If you don’t know how to add shortcut icons for launching programs, please consult the help for your operating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting from an existing document ==&lt;br /&gt;
All Writer documents are associated with the Writer application. This means that you can start OpenOffice.org automatically, simply by double-clicking a Writer document in a file manager such as Windows Explorer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can spot an OpenOffice.org Writer document by its icon: [[Image:Writer-icon.png]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Note for Windows users ===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have associated Microsoft Office file types with OOo, then when you double-click on a *.doc (Word) file, it opens in OOo Writer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you did not associate the file types, then when you double-click on a Microsoft Word document, it opens in Microsoft Word (if Word is installed on your computer).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use another method to open *.doc files in OOo and save in the *.doc format from OOo. See [[#Opening an existing document|Opening an existing document]] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the Quickstarter under Windows ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Quickstarter is an icon that is placed in the Windows system tray during system startup. It indicates that OpenOffice.org has been loaded and is ready to use. (The Quickstarter loads library *.DLL files required by OOo, thus shortening the startup time for OOo components by about half.) If the Quickstarter is disabled, see [[#Reactivating the Quickstarter|Reactivating the Quickstarter]] if you want to enable it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Using the Quickstarter icon ===&lt;br /&gt;
Right-click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quickstarter&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icon in the system tray to open a pop-up menu from which you can open a new document, open the Templates and Documents dialog box, or choose an existing document to open. You can also double-click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quickstarter&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icon to display the Templates and Documents dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Quickstart3-menu.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quickstarter pop-up menu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Disabling the Quickstarter ===&lt;br /&gt;
To close the Quickstarter, right-click on the icon in the system tray and then click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Exit Quickstarter&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the pop-up menu. The next time the computer is restarted, the Quickstarter will be loaded again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To prevent OpenOffice.org from loading during system startup, deselect the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Load OpenOffice.org During System Start-Up&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; item on the pop-up menu. You might want to do this if your computer has insufficient memory, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactivating the Quickstarter ===&lt;br /&gt;
If the Quickstarter has been disabled, you can reactivate it by selecting the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Load OpenOffice.org during system start-up&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; option in &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tools &amp;gt; Options &amp;gt; OpenOffice.org &amp;gt; Memory&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the Quickstarter under Linux ==&lt;br /&gt;
Some installations of OpenOffice.org under Linux have a Quickstarter that looks and acts like the one described above for Windows (the option on the Memory page is labelled &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Enable systray quickstarter&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preloading OOo under Linux/KDE ==&lt;br /&gt;
In Linux/KDE, you can use KDocker to have OOo loaded and ready for use at startup. KDocker is not part of OOo; it is a generic “systray app docker” that is helpful if you open OOo often.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting from the command line ==&lt;br /&gt;
You may want to start Writer from the command line (using the keyboard instead of the mouse). Why? Well, by using the command line, you have more control over what happens when Writer is started. For example, using the command line, you can tell Writer to load a document and print it immediately, or to start without showing the splash screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/Note|Most users will never need to do this.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is more than one way to start Writer from the command line, depending on whether you have installed a customized version or the standard download from the OOo web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you installed using the download on the OOo web site, you can start Writer by typing at the command line:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;soffice -writer&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;swriter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writer will start and create a new document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see a list of options you can use when starting Writer at the command line, type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;soffice -?&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a list of some of the more popular options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Option&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-help&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Get a complete list of options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-nologo&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Do not show the startup screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-show &amp;lt;odp-file&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Start presentation immediately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-view&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;documents&amp;amp;nbsp;...&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Open documents in viewer (read-only) mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-minimized&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Start OOo minimized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-norestore&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Suppress restart/restore after fatal errors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-invisible&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| No startup screen, no default document and no UI. This is useful for third-party applications that use functionality provided by OOo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a customized version of OOo (such as the one provided by Linux Mandrake or Gentoo), you can start Writer by typing at the command line:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;oowriter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/Note|Although the command syntax differs, the effect is identical: it starts OOo with an empty Writer document.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CCBY}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Writer Guide (Documentation)]]&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wmaltezo|Wmaltezo]] 20:44, 11 July 2010 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Starting_Writer&amp;diff=174754</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Writer Guide/Starting Writer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Starting_Writer&amp;diff=174754"/>
		<updated>2010-07-11T20:44:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Iniciando o Writer}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[ru:RU/documentation/ooo3_user_guides/writer_guide/starting_writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/WG3IntroTOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevNext=block&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Introducing Writer&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/The Writer interface&lt;br /&gt;
}}__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
Se você está lendo este documento no OpenOffice.org, você já sabe como iniciar o Writer. Mas, se esta é uma versão impressa ou uma versão em PDF, você pode não saber como iniciar o Writer. Assim permita-nos mostrar as três formas de fazê-lo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Através do menu do sistema&lt;br /&gt;
* Através de um documento existente&lt;br /&gt;
* Através da linha de comando&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting from the system menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
The most common way to start Writer is by using the system menu, the standard menu from which most applications are started. On Windows, it is called the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Start &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;menu. On GNOME, it is called the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Applications&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; menu. On KDE, it is identified by the KDE logo. On Mac OS X, it is the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Applications&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When OpenOffice.org was installed on your computer, in most cases a menu entry for each component was added to your system menu. (If you are using a Mac, see note below.) The exact name and location of these menu entries depends on the operating system and graphical environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Note for Mac users ===&lt;br /&gt;
You should see the OpenOffice.org icon in the Applications folder. When you double-click this icon, a text document opens in Writer. To open the other components (Draw, Calc, Impress, Base), go to the File menu of the Writer window and select the component you want.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OOo does not automatically put a shortcut icon on the desktop, but you can add one if you wish. If you don’t know how to add shortcut icons for launching programs, please consult the help for your operating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting from an existing document ==&lt;br /&gt;
All Writer documents are associated with the Writer application. This means that you can start OpenOffice.org automatically, simply by double-clicking a Writer document in a file manager such as Windows Explorer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can spot an OpenOffice.org Writer document by its icon: [[Image:Writer-icon.png]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Note for Windows users ===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have associated Microsoft Office file types with OOo, then when you double-click on a *.doc (Word) file, it opens in OOo Writer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you did not associate the file types, then when you double-click on a Microsoft Word document, it opens in Microsoft Word (if Word is installed on your computer).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use another method to open *.doc files in OOo and save in the *.doc format from OOo. See [[#Opening an existing document|Opening an existing document]] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the Quickstarter under Windows ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Quickstarter is an icon that is placed in the Windows system tray during system startup. It indicates that OpenOffice.org has been loaded and is ready to use. (The Quickstarter loads library *.DLL files required by OOo, thus shortening the startup time for OOo components by about half.) If the Quickstarter is disabled, see [[#Reactivating the Quickstarter|Reactivating the Quickstarter]] if you want to enable it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Using the Quickstarter icon ===&lt;br /&gt;
Right-click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quickstarter&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icon in the system tray to open a pop-up menu from which you can open a new document, open the Templates and Documents dialog box, or choose an existing document to open. You can also double-click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quickstarter&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icon to display the Templates and Documents dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Quickstart3-menu.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quickstarter pop-up menu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Disabling the Quickstarter ===&lt;br /&gt;
To close the Quickstarter, right-click on the icon in the system tray and then click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Exit Quickstarter&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the pop-up menu. The next time the computer is restarted, the Quickstarter will be loaded again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To prevent OpenOffice.org from loading during system startup, deselect the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Load OpenOffice.org During System Start-Up&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; item on the pop-up menu. You might want to do this if your computer has insufficient memory, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactivating the Quickstarter ===&lt;br /&gt;
If the Quickstarter has been disabled, you can reactivate it by selecting the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Load OpenOffice.org during system start-up&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; option in &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tools &amp;gt; Options &amp;gt; OpenOffice.org &amp;gt; Memory&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the Quickstarter under Linux ==&lt;br /&gt;
Some installations of OpenOffice.org under Linux have a Quickstarter that looks and acts like the one described above for Windows (the option on the Memory page is labelled &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Enable systray quickstarter&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preloading OOo under Linux/KDE ==&lt;br /&gt;
In Linux/KDE, you can use KDocker to have OOo loaded and ready for use at startup. KDocker is not part of OOo; it is a generic “systray app docker” that is helpful if you open OOo often.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting from the command line ==&lt;br /&gt;
You may want to start Writer from the command line (using the keyboard instead of the mouse). Why? Well, by using the command line, you have more control over what happens when Writer is started. For example, using the command line, you can tell Writer to load a document and print it immediately, or to start without showing the splash screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/Note|Most users will never need to do this.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is more than one way to start Writer from the command line, depending on whether you have installed a customized version or the standard download from the OOo web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you installed using the download on the OOo web site, you can start Writer by typing at the command line:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;soffice -writer&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;swriter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writer will start and create a new document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see a list of options you can use when starting Writer at the command line, type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;soffice -?&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a list of some of the more popular options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Option&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-help&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Get a complete list of options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-nologo&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Do not show the startup screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-show &amp;lt;odp-file&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Start presentation immediately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-view&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;documents&amp;amp;nbsp;...&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Open documents in viewer (read-only) mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-minimized&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Start OOo minimized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-norestore&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Suppress restart/restore after fatal errors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-invisible&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| No startup screen, no default document and no UI. This is useful for third-party applications that use functionality provided by OOo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a customized version of OOo (such as the one provided by Linux Mandrake or Gentoo), you can start Writer by typing at the command line:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;oowriter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/Note|Although the command syntax differs, the effect is identical: it starts OOo with an empty Writer document.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CCBY}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Writer Guide (Documentation)]]&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wmaltezo|Wmaltezo]] 20:44, 11 July 2010 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Starting_Writer&amp;diff=174746</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Writer Guide/Starting Writer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Starting_Writer&amp;diff=174746"/>
		<updated>2010-07-11T19:43:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: Created page with &amp;#039;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Starting Writer}} ru:RU/documentation/ooo3_user_guides/writer_guide/starting_writer {{Documentation/WG3IntroTOC |ShowPrevNext=block |PrevPage=PT/Documentation/…&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Starting Writer}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[ru:RU/documentation/ooo3_user_guides/writer_guide/starting_writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/WG3IntroTOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevNext=block&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Introducing Writer&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/The Writer interface&lt;br /&gt;
}}__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
If you are reading this document in OpenOffice.org, you already know how to start Writer. However, if this is a printed version or a PDF version, you may not know how to start Writer. So let’s look at three ways to do that:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* From the system menu&lt;br /&gt;
* From an existing document&lt;br /&gt;
* From the command line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting from the system menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
The most common way to start Writer is by using the system menu, the standard menu from which most applications are started. On Windows, it is called the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Start &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;menu. On GNOME, it is called the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Applications&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; menu. On KDE, it is identified by the KDE logo. On Mac OS X, it is the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Applications&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When OpenOffice.org was installed on your computer, in most cases a menu entry for each component was added to your system menu. (If you are using a Mac, see note below.) The exact name and location of these menu entries depends on the operating system and graphical environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Note for Mac users ===&lt;br /&gt;
You should see the OpenOffice.org icon in the Applications folder. When you double-click this icon, a text document opens in Writer. To open the other components (Draw, Calc, Impress, Base), go to the File menu of the Writer window and select the component you want.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
OOo does not automatically put a shortcut icon on the desktop, but you can add one if you wish. If you don’t know how to add shortcut icons for launching programs, please consult the help for your operating system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting from an existing document ==&lt;br /&gt;
All Writer documents are associated with the Writer application. This means that you can start OpenOffice.org automatically, simply by double-clicking a Writer document in a file manager such as Windows Explorer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can spot an OpenOffice.org Writer document by its icon: [[Image:Writer-icon.png]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Note for Windows users ===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have associated Microsoft Office file types with OOo, then when you double-click on a *.doc (Word) file, it opens in OOo Writer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you did not associate the file types, then when you double-click on a Microsoft Word document, it opens in Microsoft Word (if Word is installed on your computer).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use another method to open *.doc files in OOo and save in the *.doc format from OOo. See [[#Opening an existing document|Opening an existing document]] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the Quickstarter under Windows ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Quickstarter is an icon that is placed in the Windows system tray during system startup. It indicates that OpenOffice.org has been loaded and is ready to use. (The Quickstarter loads library *.DLL files required by OOo, thus shortening the startup time for OOo components by about half.) If the Quickstarter is disabled, see [[#Reactivating the Quickstarter|Reactivating the Quickstarter]] if you want to enable it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Using the Quickstarter icon ===&lt;br /&gt;
Right-click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quickstarter&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icon in the system tray to open a pop-up menu from which you can open a new document, open the Templates and Documents dialog box, or choose an existing document to open. You can also double-click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quickstarter&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icon to display the Templates and Documents dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Quickstart3-menu.png|thumb|none|500px|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quickstarter pop-up menu&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Disabling the Quickstarter ===&lt;br /&gt;
To close the Quickstarter, right-click on the icon in the system tray and then click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Exit Quickstarter&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the pop-up menu. The next time the computer is restarted, the Quickstarter will be loaded again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To prevent OpenOffice.org from loading during system startup, deselect the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Load OpenOffice.org During System Start-Up&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; item on the pop-up menu. You might want to do this if your computer has insufficient memory, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactivating the Quickstarter ===&lt;br /&gt;
If the Quickstarter has been disabled, you can reactivate it by selecting the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Load OpenOffice.org during system start-up&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; option in &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tools &amp;gt; Options &amp;gt; OpenOffice.org &amp;gt; Memory&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the Quickstarter under Linux ==&lt;br /&gt;
Some installations of OpenOffice.org under Linux have a Quickstarter that looks and acts like the one described above for Windows (the option on the Memory page is labelled &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Enable systray quickstarter&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preloading OOo under Linux/KDE ==&lt;br /&gt;
In Linux/KDE, you can use KDocker to have OOo loaded and ready for use at startup. KDocker is not part of OOo; it is a generic “systray app docker” that is helpful if you open OOo often.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting from the command line ==&lt;br /&gt;
You may want to start Writer from the command line (using the keyboard instead of the mouse). Why? Well, by using the command line, you have more control over what happens when Writer is started. For example, using the command line, you can tell Writer to load a document and print it immediately, or to start without showing the splash screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/Note|Most users will never need to do this.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is more than one way to start Writer from the command line, depending on whether you have installed a customized version or the standard download from the OOo web site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you installed using the download on the OOo web site, you can start Writer by typing at the command line:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;soffice -writer&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;swriter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writer will start and create a new document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see a list of options you can use when starting Writer at the command line, type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;soffice -?&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a list of some of the more popular options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Option&lt;br /&gt;
! Description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-help&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Get a complete list of options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-nologo&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Do not show the startup screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-show &amp;lt;odp-file&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Start presentation immediately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-view&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;documents&amp;amp;nbsp;...&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Open documents in viewer (read-only) mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-minimized&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Start OOo minimized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-norestore&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Suppress restart/restore after fatal errors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;-invisible&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| No startup screen, no default document and no UI. This is useful for third-party applications that use functionality provided by OOo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a customized version of OOo (such as the one provided by Linux Mandrake or Gentoo), you can start Writer by typing at the command line:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;oowriter&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/Note|Although the command syntax differs, the effect is identical: it starts OOo with an empty Writer document.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CCBY}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Writer Guide (Documentation)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Introducing_Writer&amp;diff=174745</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Writer Guide/Introducing Writer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Introducing_Writer&amp;diff=174745"/>
		<updated>2010-07-11T19:40:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Introdução ao Writer}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/WG3IntroTOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevNext=block&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Copyright&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Starting Writer&lt;br /&gt;
}}__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/CheckedAccuracy|[[User:Clairedwood|Clairedwood]] 19:08, 5 June 2010 (UTC)}}&lt;br /&gt;
Este capítulo &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OpenOffice.org 3 Writer Guide&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; foi produzido por [http://oooauthors.org/ OOoAuthors group]. Um PDF deste capítulo está disponível nesta [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Chapters | wiki page]]. O PDFs estão atualizados até a segunda edição do livro e o wiki está sendo atualizado.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=  O que é o Writer? =&lt;br /&gt;
Writer é um processador de texto do OpenOffice.org (OOo). Além das usuais características de um processador de textos (verificação ortográfica, dicionário de sinônimos, hifenização, autocorreção, localizar e substituir, geração automática de tabelas e índices, mala direta e outros), Writer provê ainda estas importantes características:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Modelos e estilos&lt;br /&gt;
* Métodos de &amp;#039;&amp;#039;layout&amp;#039;&amp;#039; de página, incluindo quadros, colunas e tabelas&lt;br /&gt;
* Gráficos embutidos ou linkados, planilhas e outros objetos&lt;br /&gt;
* Ferramentas de desenho embutidas&lt;br /&gt;
* Documento mestre em grupo ou uma coleção de documentos dentro de um documento único&lt;br /&gt;
* Mudança de metodologia durante revisões&lt;br /&gt;
* Integração com banco de dados, incluindo um banco de dados bibliográfico&lt;br /&gt;
* Exportação para PDF, incluindo marcadores de página&lt;br /&gt;
* E muito mais&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estilos são o ponto central no uso de Writer. Usando estilos você pode facilmente formatar seus documentos consistentemente e modificá-los com um mínimo de esforço. Estilo é como é chamado um conjunto de opções de formatação. Writer define muitos tipos de estilos, para diferente tipos de elementos: caracteres, parágrafos, páginas, quadros e listas. Frequentemente você está utilizando estilos, quer você entenda isso ou não. O uso de estilos é descrito em maiores detalhes em [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Introduction_to_Styles|Capítulo 6 (Introdução a estilos)]] e [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Working_with_Styles| Capítulo 7 (Trabalhando com estilos)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outras ferramentas do Writer listadas acima são também cobertas em detalhes em outros capítulos deste guia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CCBY}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Writer Guide (Documentation)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Copyright&amp;diff=174744</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Writer Guide/Copyright</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Copyright&amp;diff=174744"/>
		<updated>2010-07-11T19:38:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Copyright}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/WG3TOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevNext=block&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Introducing Writer&lt;br /&gt;
}}__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
Este documento está protegido por Copyright © 2005–2010 e seus contribuintes estão listados na seção Autores. Você pode distribuir ela e/ou modificá-la sob os termos de uma também [http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html GNU General Public License, version 3 or later], ou a [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ Creative Commons Attribution License, version 3.0]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Todos os direitos dentro deste Guia pertencem aos seus legítimos proprietários.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Autores==&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|Magnus Adielsson || Agnes Belzunce&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Bruce Byfield || Daniel Carrera&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Dick Detwiler || Laurent Duperval&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Martin Fox || Katharina Greif&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Tara Hess || Peter Hillier-Brook&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Lou Iorio || John Kane&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Stefan A. Keel || Michael Kotsarinis&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sigrid Kronenberger || Peter Kupfer&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ian Laurenson || Alan Madden|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Paul Miller || Vincenzo Ponzi&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Scott Rhoades || Carol Roberts&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Iain Roberts || Gary Schnabl&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Robert Scott || Janet M. Swisher&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barbara M. Tobias || Jean Hollis Weber&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Catherine Waterman || Bob Wickham&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Linda Worthington&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; || Michele Zarri&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Por favor enviem qualquer comentário ou sugestão sobre este documento diretamente para: [mailto:authors@user-faq.openoffice.org authors@user-faq.openoffice.org].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Data da publicação e versão do software==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published 27 December 2008. Based on OpenOffice.org 3.0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CCBY}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Writer Guide (Documentation)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Copyright&amp;diff=174743</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Writer Guide/Copyright</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Copyright&amp;diff=174743"/>
		<updated>2010-07-11T19:37:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: Created page with &amp;#039;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Copyright}} {{Documentation/WG3TOC |ShowPrevNext=block |PrevPage=Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide |NextPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Gui…&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Copyright}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/WG3TOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevNext=block&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPage=Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Introducing Writer&lt;br /&gt;
}}__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
Este documento está protegido por Copyright © 2005–2010 e seus contribuintes estão listados na seção Autores. Você pode distribuir ela e/ou modificá-la sob os termos de uma também [http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html GNU General Public License, version 3 or later], ou a [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ Creative Commons Attribution License, version 3.0]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Todos os direitos dentro deste Guia pertencem aos seus legítimos proprietários.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Autores==&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|Magnus Adielsson || Agnes Belzunce&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Bruce Byfield || Daniel Carrera&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Dick Detwiler || Laurent Duperval&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Martin Fox || Katharina Greif&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Tara Hess || Peter Hillier-Brook&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Lou Iorio || John Kane&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Stefan A. Keel || Michael Kotsarinis&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sigrid Kronenberger || Peter Kupfer&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ian Laurenson || Alan Madden|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Paul Miller || Vincenzo Ponzi&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Scott Rhoades || Carol Roberts&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Iain Roberts || Gary Schnabl&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Robert Scott || Janet M. Swisher&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Barbara M. Tobias || Jean Hollis Weber&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Catherine Waterman || Bob Wickham&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Linda Worthington&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; || Michele Zarri&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Por favor enviem qualquer comentário ou sugestão sobre este documento diretamente para: [mailto:authors@user-faq.openoffice.org authors@user-faq.openoffice.org].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Data da publicação e versão do software==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Published 27 December 2008. Based on OpenOffice.org 3.0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CCBY}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Writer Guide (Documentation)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide&amp;diff=174742</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Writer Guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide&amp;diff=174742"/>
		<updated>2010-07-11T19:28:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: Created page with &amp;#039;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Documentos de Texto com OpenOffice.org 3.x Writer}} {{Documentation/WG3TOC |ShowPrevNext=block |ShowPrevPage=none |NextPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Write…&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Documentos de Texto com OpenOffice.org 3.x Writer}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/WG3TOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevNext=block&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevPage=none&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Copyright&lt;br /&gt;
}}__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
Está seção contém o texto completo do guia do usuário entitulado &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Guia do OpenOffice 3 Writer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, produzido por [http://oooauthors.org/english OOoAuthors group]. PDFs deste livro e seus capítulos individuais estão disponíveis nesta [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Chapters | wiki page]]. Cópias impressas podem ser comprados de [http://stores.lulu.com/opendocument Friends of OpenDocument].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Este livro tem sido atualizado para OOo V3.2. Muitos dos PDFs (capítulos) são para a segunda edição.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{AddThis}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CCBY}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Writer Guide (Documentation)]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Documentation/Usage]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Introducing_Writer&amp;diff=174740</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Writer Guide/Introducing Writer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Introducing_Writer&amp;diff=174740"/>
		<updated>2010-07-11T19:09:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Introdução ao Writer}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/WG3IntroTOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevNext=block&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPage=Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Copyright&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Starting Writer&lt;br /&gt;
}}__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/CheckedAccuracy|[[User:Clairedwood|Clairedwood]] 19:08, 5 June 2010 (UTC)}}&lt;br /&gt;
Este capítulo &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OpenOffice.org 3 Writer Guide&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; foi produzido por [http://oooauthors.org/ OOoAuthors group]. Um PDF deste capítulo está disponível nesta [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Chapters | wiki page]]. O PDFs estão atualizados até a segunda edição do livro e o wiki está sendo atualizado.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=  O que é o Writer? =&lt;br /&gt;
Writer é um processador de texto do OpenOffice.org (OOo). Além das usuais características de um processador de textos (verificação ortográfica, dicionário de sinônimos, hifenização, autocorreção, localizar e substituir, geração automática de tabelas e índices, mala direta e outros), Writer provê ainda estas importantes características:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Modelos e estilos&lt;br /&gt;
* Métodos de &amp;#039;&amp;#039;layout&amp;#039;&amp;#039; de página, incluindo quadros, colunas e tabelas&lt;br /&gt;
* Gráficos embutidos ou linkados, planilhas e outros objetos&lt;br /&gt;
* Ferramentas de desenho embutidas&lt;br /&gt;
* Documento mestre em grupo ou uma coleção de documentos dentro de um documento único&lt;br /&gt;
* Mudança de metodologia durante revisões&lt;br /&gt;
* Integração com banco de dados, incluindo um banco de dados bibliográfico&lt;br /&gt;
* Exportação para PDF, incluindo marcadores de página&lt;br /&gt;
* E muito mais&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estilos são o ponto central no uso de Writer. Usando estilos você pode facilmente formatar seus documentos consistentemente e modificá-los com um mínimo de esforço. Estilo é como é chamado um conjunto de opções de formatação. Writer define muitos tipos de estilos, para diferente tipos de elementos: caracteres, parágrafos, páginas, quadros e listas. Frequentemente você está utilizando estilos, quer você entenda isso ou não. O uso de estilos é descrito em maiores detalhes em [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Introduction_to_Styles|Capítulo 6 (Introdução a estilos)]] e [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Working_with_Styles| Capítulo 7 (Trabalhando com estilos)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outras ferramentas do Writer listadas acima são também cobertas em detalhes em outros capítulos deste guia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CCBY}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Writer Guide (Documentation)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Introducing_Writer&amp;diff=174739</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Writer Guide/Introducing Writer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Introducing_Writer&amp;diff=174739"/>
		<updated>2010-07-11T19:03:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: Created page with &amp;#039;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Introducing Writer}} {{Documentation/WG3IntroTOC |ShowPrevNext=block |PrevPage=Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Copyright |NextPage=Documentation/OOo3_U…&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:Introducing Writer}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/WG3IntroTOC&lt;br /&gt;
|ShowPrevNext=block&lt;br /&gt;
|PrevPage=Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Copyright&lt;br /&gt;
|NextPage=Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer Guide/Starting Writer&lt;br /&gt;
}}__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/CheckedAccuracy|[[User:Clairedwood|Clairedwood]] 19:08, 5 June 2010 (UTC)}}&lt;br /&gt;
Este capítulo &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OpenOffice.org 3 Writer Guide&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; foi produzido por [http://oooauthors.org/ OOoAuthors group]. Um PDF deste capítulo está disponível nesta [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Chapters | wiki page]]. O PDFs estão atualizados até a segunda edição do livro e o wiki está sendo atualizado.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=  O que é o Writer? =&lt;br /&gt;
Writer é um processador de texto do OpenOffice.org (OOo). Além das usuais características de um processador de textos (verificação ortográfica, dicionário de sinônimos, hifenização, autocorreção, localizar e substituir, geração automática de tabelas e índices, mala direta e outros), Writer provê ainda estas importantes características:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Modelos e estilos&lt;br /&gt;
* Métodos de &amp;#039;&amp;#039;layout&amp;#039;&amp;#039; de página, incluindo quadros, colunas e tabelas&lt;br /&gt;
* Gráficos embutidos ou linkados, planilhas e outros objetos&lt;br /&gt;
* Ferramentas de desenho embutidas&lt;br /&gt;
* Documento mestre em grupo ou uma coleção de documentos dentro de um documento único&lt;br /&gt;
* Mudança de metodologia durante revisões&lt;br /&gt;
* Integração com banco de dados, incluindo um banco de dados bibliográfico&lt;br /&gt;
* Exportação para PDF, incluindo marcadores de página&lt;br /&gt;
* E muito mais&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estilos são o ponto central no uso de Writer. Usando estilos você pode facilmente formatar seus documentos consistentemente e modificá-los com um mínimo de esforço. Estilo é como é chamado um conjunto de opções de formatação. Writer define muitos tipos de estilos, para diferente tipos de elementos: caracteres, parágrafos, páginas, quadros e listas. Frequentemente você está utilizando estilos, quer você entenda isso ou não. O uso de estilos é descrito em maiores detalhes em [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Introduction_to_Styles|Capítulo 6 (Introdução a estilos)]] e [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Writer_Guide/Working_with_Styles| Capítulo 7 (Trabalhando com estilos)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Outras ferramentas do Writer listadas acima são também cobertas em detalhes em outros capítulos deste guia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{CCBY}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Writer Guide (Documentation)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions/How_do_I_stop_OpenOffice.org_from_inserting_tabs_in_front_of_the_cursor_position%3F&amp;diff=174732</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions/How do I stop OpenOffice.org from inserting tabs in front of the cursor position?</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions/How_do_I_stop_OpenOffice.org_from_inserting_tabs_in_front_of_the_cursor_position%3F&amp;diff=174732"/>
		<updated>2010-07-11T16:27:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE: How do I stop OpenOffice.org from inserting tabs in front of the cursor position?}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section begin=question/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quando eu clico no meio de uma célula de uma tabela ou em um parágrafo em branco, OpenOffice.org insere tabulações na frente da posição do cursor. Como posso parar isso?&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section end=question/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section begin=answer/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Isto é causado devido a uma configuração no OpenOffice.Org chamada Cursor Direto. Para alterar este comportamento:&lt;br /&gt;
# A partir da barra do menu principal, selecione &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ferramentas &amp;gt; Opções&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Na caixa de diálogo que aparecer, selecione &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OpenOffice.Org Writer &amp;gt; Recursos de Formatação&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Modifique o valor de &amp;#039;Inserir&amp;#039; para &amp;#039;Margem esquerda do parágrafo&amp;#039; (não aparecerá mais o conjunto de &amp;#039;marcadores de tabulação&amp;#039; e o início do parágrafo será deslocado para a posição em que o &amp;#039;&amp;#039;mouse&amp;#039;&amp;#039; foi clicado).&lt;br /&gt;
# Clique &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Observação: Se desejar desativar todo este recurso, desmarque a opção &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cursor Direto&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section end=answer/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions/How_do_I_stop_OpenOffice.org_from_generating_a_black_line_from_hash_characters%3F&amp;diff=174575</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions/How do I stop OpenOffice.org from generating a black line from hash characters?</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions/How_do_I_stop_OpenOffice.org_from_generating_a_black_line_from_hash_characters%3F&amp;diff=174575"/>
		<updated>2010-07-09T14:32:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE: How do I stop OpenOffice.org from generating a black line from hash characters?}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section begin=question/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Uma série de &amp;#039;#&amp;#039; caracteres em uma linha transforma-se automaticamente em uma linha dupla negritada. Como posso remove-la?&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section end=question/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section begin=answer/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Você tem algumas opções  para escolher:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Se você desejar, estes caracteres &amp;#039;#&amp;#039; serão imediatamente recolocados, apenas pressionando &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL+Z&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; para desfazer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Uma série de símbolos &amp;#039;#&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;-&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;_&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;*&amp;#039; e &amp;#039;~&amp;#039; são atalhos de teclado para criar uma linha sólida como uma borda abaixo do parágrafo no texto do documento. Para remove-la, clique em qualquer lugar dentro do parágrafo imediatamente acima desta linha e vá em &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Formatar &amp;gt; Parágrafo&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. A configuração desta linha aparecerá na aba &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Bordas&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Clique sobre essa linha para alterar seu estilo e desaparecer, então clique em &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Para remover a linha, mantenha o cursor no parágrafo acima da linha e escolha &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Formatar &amp;gt; Formatação Padrão&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Para desabilitar esta substituição automática permanentemente, escolha &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ferramentas &amp;gt; Opções de Autocorreção&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, vá na aba &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Opções&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, e desmarque a opção &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Aplicar borda&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Documentation/Note|Not only hash (#) characters generate automatic borders, but also hyphens (-), underscores ( _ ), equal signs (&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;=&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;), asterisks (*), and tildes (~).}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section end=answer/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions/How_do_I_make_misspelled_words_to_appear_underlined%3F&amp;diff=174573</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions/How do I make misspelled words to appear underlined?</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions/How_do_I_make_misspelled_words_to_appear_underlined%3F&amp;diff=174573"/>
		<updated>2010-07-09T13:36:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE: How do I make misspelled words to appear underlined?}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section begin=question/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Como fazer palavras escritas erradas aparecer sublinhadas?&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section end=question/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section begin=answer/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Primeiro, certifique-se que sua configuração está correta indo em &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ferramentas &amp;gt; Ortografia e Gramática &amp;gt; Opções&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e assegure-se que a caixa de seleção &amp;quot;Verificar ortografia ao digitar&amp;quot; esteja marcada.&lt;br /&gt;
*Se isto falhar, vá em &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ferramentas &amp;gt; Idioma &amp;gt; Para o texto todo&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e selecione seu idioma.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section end=answer/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions/How_do_I_stop_OpenOffice.org_from_formatting_text_between_asterisks_in_bold%3F&amp;diff=174529</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions/How do I stop OpenOffice.org from formatting text between asterisks in bold?</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions/How_do_I_stop_OpenOffice.org_from_formatting_text_between_asterisks_in_bold%3F&amp;diff=174529"/>
		<updated>2010-07-08T20:53:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE: How do I stop OpenOffice.org from formatting text between asterisks in bold?}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section begin=question/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quando uso asteriscos [ * ], OpenOffice.org remove os asteriscos e apresenta o texto em negrito. Como reverter esta configuração?&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section end=question/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section begin=answer/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Digitar um asterisco [ * ] antes e depois de uma palavra ou grupo de palavras faz estas palavras ser negritadas sem a necessidade do uso do mouse. Similarmente, digitando &amp;#039;&amp;#039;underscore&amp;#039;&amp;#039; [ _ ] antes e depois de uma palavra ou grupo de palavras faz com que elas sejam sublinhadas automaticamente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para alterar esta configuração:&lt;br /&gt;
# Selecione &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ferramentas &amp;gt; Opções de autocorreção&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e então a aba &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Opções&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Próximo ao topo da lista selecione o botão de marcação próximo a &amp;quot; *Negrito* e _sublinhado_ automático&amp;quot; para desmarcar esta opção.&lt;br /&gt;
# Clique &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; no botão da caixa de diálogo para aplicar as mudanças.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternativamente, como em qualquer ação de Autocorreção ou Autoformatação, esta pode ser revertida usando o comando desfazer (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL+Z&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;). Então se você digitar *123* e o programa alterar isto para &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;123&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, pressione &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CRTL+Z&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e ele voltará para *123*.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section end=answer/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions/How_do_I_stop_OpenOffice.org_from_formatting_text_between_asterisks_in_bold%3F&amp;diff=174528</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions/How do I stop OpenOffice.org from formatting text between asterisks in bold?</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions/How_do_I_stop_OpenOffice.org_from_formatting_text_between_asterisks_in_bold%3F&amp;diff=174528"/>
		<updated>2010-07-08T20:52:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE: How do I stop OpenOffice.org from formatting text between asterisks in bold?}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section begin=question/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quando uso asteriscos [ * ], OpenOffice.org remove os asteriscos e apresenta o texto em negrito. Como reverter esta configuração?&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section end=question/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section begin=answer/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Digitar um asterisco [ * ] antes e depois de uma palavra ou grupo de palavras faz estas palavras serem negritadas sem a necessidade do uso do mouse. Similarmente, digitando &amp;#039;&amp;#039;underscore&amp;#039;&amp;#039; [ _ ] antes e depois de uma palavra ou grupo de palavras faz com que elas sejam sublinhadas automaticamente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para alterar esta configuração:&lt;br /&gt;
# Selecione &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ferramentas &amp;gt; Opções de autocorreção&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e então a aba &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Opções&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Próximo ao topo da lista selecione o botão de marcação próximo a &amp;quot; *Negrito* e _sublinhado_ automático&amp;quot; para desmarcar esta opção.&lt;br /&gt;
# Clique &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; no botão da caixa de diálogo para aplicar as mudanças.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternativamente, como em qualquer ação de Autocorreção ou Autoformatação, esta pode ser revertida usando o comando desfazer (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL+Z&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;). Então se você digitar *123* e o programa alterar isto para &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;123&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, pressione &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CRTL+Z&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e ele voltará para *123*.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section end=answer/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions/How_do_I_stop_OpenOffice.org_from_formatting_text_between_asterisks_in_bold%3F&amp;diff=174524</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions/How do I stop OpenOffice.org from formatting text between asterisks in bold?</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions/How_do_I_stop_OpenOffice.org_from_formatting_text_between_asterisks_in_bold%3F&amp;diff=174524"/>
		<updated>2010-07-08T20:37:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE: How do I stop OpenOffice.org from formatting text between asterisks in bold?}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section begin=question/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quando uso asteriscos [ * ], OpenOffice.org remove os asteriscos e apresenta o texto em negrito. Como reverter esta configuração?&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section end=question/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section begin=answer/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Digitar um asterisco [ * ] antes e depois de uma palavra ou grupo de palavras faz estas palavras serem negritadas sem a necessidade do uso do mouse. Similarmente, digitando &amp;#039;&amp;#039;underscore&amp;#039;&amp;#039; [ _ ] antes e depois de uma palavra ou grupo de palavras faz com que elas sejam sublinhadas automaticamente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para alterar esta configuração:&lt;br /&gt;
# Selecione &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ferramentas &amp;gt; Opções de autocorreção&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e então a aba &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Opções&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Próximo ao topo da lista selecione o botão de marcação próximo a &amp;quot; *Negrito* e _sublinhado_ automático&amp;quot; para desmarcar esta opção.&lt;br /&gt;
# Clique &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; no botão da caixa de diálogo para aplicar as mudanças.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternativamente, como em qualquer ação de Auto correção ou Auto Formatação, esta pode ser revertida usando o comando desfazer (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL+Z&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;). Então se você digitar *123* e o programa alterar isto para &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;123&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, pressione &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CRTL+Z&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e ele voltará para *123*.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section end=answer/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions/How_do_I_stop_OpenOffice.org_from_formatting_text_between_asterisks_in_bold%3F&amp;diff=174523</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions/How do I stop OpenOffice.org from formatting text between asterisks in bold?</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions/How_do_I_stop_OpenOffice.org_from_formatting_text_between_asterisks_in_bold%3F&amp;diff=174523"/>
		<updated>2010-07-08T20:36:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE: How do I stop OpenOffice.org from formatting text between asterisks in bold?}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section begin=question/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quando uso asteriscos [ * ], OpenOffice.org remove os asteriscos e apresenta o texto em negrito. Como reverter está configuração?&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section end=question/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section begin=answer/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Digitar um asterisco [ * ] antes e depois de uma palavra ou grupo de palavras faz estas palavras serem negritadas sem a necessidade do uso do mouse. Similarmente, digitando &amp;#039;&amp;#039;underscore&amp;#039;&amp;#039; [ _ ] antes e depois de uma palavra ou grupo de palavras faz com que elas sejam sublinhadas automaticamente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para alterar esta configuração:&lt;br /&gt;
# Selecione &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ferramentas &amp;gt; Opções de autocorreção&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e então a aba &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Opções&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Próximo ao topo da lista selecione o botão de marcação próximo a &amp;quot; *Negrito* e _sublinhado_ automático&amp;quot; para desmarcar esta opção.&lt;br /&gt;
# Clique &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; no botão da caixa de diálogo para aplicar as mudanças.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternativamente, como em qualquer ação de Auto correção ou Auto Formatação, esta pode ser revertida usando o comando desfazer (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL+Z&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;). Então se você digitar *123* e o programa alterar isto para &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;123&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, pressione &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CRTL+Z&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e ele voltará para *123*.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section end=answer/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions/How_do_I_stop_OpenOffice.org_from_formatting_text_between_asterisks_in_bold%3F&amp;diff=174520</id>
		<title>PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions/How do I stop OpenOffice.org from formatting text between asterisks in bold?</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.openoffice.org/w/index.php?title=PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions/How_do_I_stop_OpenOffice.org_from_formatting_text_between_asterisks_in_bold%3F&amp;diff=174520"/>
		<updated>2010-07-08T20:21:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wmaltezo: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE: How do I stop OpenOffice.org from formatting text between asterisks in bold?}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section begin=question/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quando uso asteriscos [ * ], OpenOffice.org remove os asteriscos e apresenta o texto em negrito. Com reverter está configuração?&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section end=question/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section begin=answer/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Digitar um asterisco [ * ] antes e depois de uma palavra ou grupo de palavras faz estas palavras serem negritadas sem a necessidade do uso do mouse. Similarmente, digitando &amp;#039;&amp;#039;underscore&amp;#039;&amp;#039; [ _ ] antes e depois de uma palavra ou grupo de palavras faz com que elas sejam sublinhadas automaticamente.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Para alterar esta configuração:&lt;br /&gt;
# Selecione &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ferramentas &amp;gt; Opções de autocorreção&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e então a aba &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Opções&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Próximo ao topo da lista selecione o botão de marcação próximo a &amp;quot; *Negrito* e _sublinhado_ automático&amp;quot; para desmarcar esta opção.&lt;br /&gt;
# Clique &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; no botão da caixa de diálogo para aplicar as mudanças.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternativamente, como em qualquer ação de Auto correção ou Auto Formatação, esta pode ser revertida usando o comando desfazer (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CTRL+Z&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;). Então se você digitar *123* e o programa alterar isto para &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;123&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, pressione &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CRTL+Z&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; e ele voltará para *123*.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;section end=answer/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:PT/Documentation/FAQ/Writer/AutomaticFunctions]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wmaltezo</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>